starting or strengthening a drug bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global...

165
WHO/PSM/PAR/2005.1 Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletin A Practical Manual 2005 International Society of Drug Bulletins European Community

Upload: others

Post on 02-Mar-2021

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

WHO/PSM/PAR/2005.1

Starting or

Strengthening a Drug Bulletin

A Practical Manual

 

2005          

International Society of Drug Bulletins

European

Community

Page 2: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

©  International Society of Drug Bulletins and World Health Organization, 2005  All rights reserved.   The designations employed and the presentation of the material in this publication do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the International Society of Drug Bulletins and the World Health Organization concerning the legal status of any country, territory, city or area or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries.   The mention of specific companies or of certain manufacturersʹ products does not imply that they are endorsed  or  recommended  by  the  International  Society  of  Drug  Bulletins  and  the World Health Organization in preference to others of a similar nature that are not mentioned. Errors and omissions excepted, the names of proprietary products are distinguished by initial capital letters.  The  International Society of Drug Bulletins and  the World Health Organization do not warrant  that the  information contained  in  this publication  is complete and correct and shall not be  liable  for any damages incurred as a result of its use.      

      

This  document  has  been  produced  with  the  financial  assistance  of  the  European Community. The views expressed herein are those of the International Society of Drug Bulletins  and  can  therefore  in  no way  be  taken  to  reflect  the  official  opinion  of  the European Community. 

      

Page 3: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Contents

  

Contents Preface..................................................................................................................................................... i

How the manual was produced ...................................................................................................... iii

About ISDB .......................................................................................................................................... v

Executive summary .......................................................................................................................... vii

1. Introduction...................................................................................................................................... 1

1.1  Are you starting or developing a bulletin?.................................................................................... 1 1.2  Objectives of this manual................................................................................................................. 1 1.3  The need for the manual .................................................................................................................. 1 1.4  The importance of feedback ............................................................................................................ 2

2. Rational use of medicines.............................................................................................................. 3

2.1  The relationship between evidence and rational use................................................................... 3 2.2  Other influences on the choice of medicines ................................................................................. 4 2.3  Sources of information for prescribers ........................................................................................... 4 2.4  The special role of drug bulletins.................................................................................................... 5 2.5  Specific ways in which bulletins can help ..................................................................................... 6 2.6  Bulletins as part of wider initiatives for promoting rational use of medicines ........................ 7 2.7 Summary ............................................................................................................................................ 8

3. What are drug bulletins?................................................................................................................ 9

3.1 Definition ........................................................................................................................................... 9 3.2 The history of drug bulletins ........................................................................................................... 9 3.3 What makes an ‘independent’ drug bulletin independent?...................................................... 10 3.4 Types of editorial content .............................................................................................................. 11 3.5 Styles of communicating information .......................................................................................... 12 3.6 The institutional base...................................................................................................................... 12 3.7 References ........................................................................................................................................ 13

4. Defining aims, target and type of bulletin ............................................................................... 15

4.1 Principles.......................................................................................................................................... 15 4.2 What is already available? ............................................................................................................. 16 4.3 Information on drug utilisation helps you choose topics.......................................................... 16 4.4 Defining and refining the aims of the bulletin............................................................................ 18 4.5 Who are the readers? ...................................................................................................................... 18 4.6 What type of information is needed? ........................................................................................... 19

Page 4: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 

5. Planning resources ........................................................................................................................ 21

5.1 The first steps in planning ............................................................................................................. 21 5.2 Identify what is already available or accessible.......................................................................... 21 5.3 Make a realistic assessment of additional needs......................................................................... 22 5.4 Human resources: who will do the work?................................................................................... 22

5.4.1 The editorial team............................................................................................................. 23 5.4.2 The advisory board........................................................................................................... 23 5.4.3 External reviewers ............................................................................................................ 24

5.5 Maintaining the motivation of contributors................................................................................ 24 5.6 Material resources – an office, equipment and references......................................................... 25 5.7 Financial resources – the key to sustainability............................................................................ 26 5.8 Long‐term sustainability ................................................................................................................ 29 5.9 Cost‐saving strategies..................................................................................................................... 30 5.10 Key messages for starting a drug bulletin ................................................................................... 30 5.11 References ........................................................................................................................................ 31

6. Planning bulletin production: schedules and timing............................................................. 33

6.1 Why is planning necessary? .......................................................................................................... 33 6.2 Start modestly and grow gradually.............................................................................................. 33 6.3 Develop a framework for producing articles .............................................................................. 34 6.4 Flexible planning for each issue .................................................................................................... 35 6.5 Allow time for delays in distribution........................................................................................... 36 6.6 Integrate necessary sidelines into your overall planning .......................................................... 37 6.7 A few principles for planning the production of a bulletin ...................................................... 37

7. The editorial process..................................................................................................................... 39

7.1 Outline of the editorial process ..................................................................................................... 39 7.2 Editing a drug bulletin ................................................................................................................... 39

7.2.1 Editorial independence .................................................................................................... 39 7.2.2 Strong and sustained editorial policy and a committed team.................................... 40 7.2.3 Selecting topics for articles .............................................................................................. 40 7.2.4 Using and adapting existing material............................................................................ 43 7.2.5 Planning a bulletin issue.................................................................................................. 44

7.3 Writing bulletin articles.................................................................................................................. 44 7.3.1 Finding and motivating authors..................................................................................... 45 7.3.2 Rewarding authors ........................................................................................................... 46 7.3.3 Writing an article .............................................................................................................. 46 7.3.4 Outlining the topic............................................................................................................ 46 7.3.5 Searching for documentation .......................................................................................... 47 7.3.6 The first draft..................................................................................................................... 49 7.3.7 Discuss the draft with an editor...................................................................................... 50

7.4 Reviewing the article ...................................................................................................................... 50 7.4.1 How many people should review an article? ............................................................... 50 7.4.2 Should a bulletin set up a permanent review board? .................................................. 50 7.4.3 Should readers be included in the review board?........................................................ 50 7.4.4 Should patients or lay people be included? .................................................................. 51 7.4.5 Should the pharmaceutical industry review drafts?.................................................... 51 7.4.6 Tips for reviewing articles ............................................................................................... 52 7.4.7 Rewarding reviewers ....................................................................................................... 52

Page 5: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Contents

 7.5.  Rewriting the article ....................................................................................................................... 52 7.6 Final checks...................................................................................................................................... 53 7.7 Follow‐up after publication ........................................................................................................... 53

7.7.1 Indexing ............................................................................................................................. 53 7.7.2 Authors’ certificates.......................................................................................................... 53 7.7.3 Post‐publication correspondence ................................................................................... 54 7.7.4 Corrections......................................................................................................................... 54 7.7.5 Requests for reproduction ............................................................................................... 54 7.7.6 Keeping track of how bulletin articles are quoted and used ...................................... 55

7.8 References ........................................................................................................................................ 55

8. Reviewing a new drug:  is it a therapeutic advance?.............................................................. 57

8.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 57 8.2 When is a new treatment a therapeutic advance? ...................................................................... 58 8.3 Collecting evidence about the drug.............................................................................................. 58

8.3.1 Where to find evidence on new drugs? ......................................................................... 58 8.3.2 What about using unpublished information?............................................................... 59

8.4 Evaluation in terms of efficacy, harm and convenience ............................................................ 60 8.4.1  Efficacy ............................................................................................................................... 60 8.4.2 Adverse effects/harms...................................................................................................... 64 8.4.3 Convenience ...................................................................................................................... 66

8.5 Judging the overall value of the drug .......................................................................................... 66 8.5.1 Considering the new drug in the local and individual context.................................. 67 8.5.2 Overall rating scales ......................................................................................................... 68

8.6 Cost ................................................................................................................................................... 69 8.6.1 Compare costs in the light of true therapeutic value................................................... 69 8.6.2 Comparisons should be appropriate and practical...................................................... 70 8.6.3 Bear in mind additional costs for using drugs.............................................................. 71

8.7 What patients need to know.......................................................................................................... 71 8.8 References ........................................................................................................................................ 73

Annexe to Chapter 8: Evaluating harm.......................................................................................... 75

8.An‐1 Talk about harm, not risk................................................................................................................. 75 8.An‐2 Assessment of causation of a harmful effect ................................................................................. 75 8.An‐3 Assessing coherence with preclinical data .................................................................................... 77

8.An‐3.1 General principles ........................................................................................................... 77 8.An‐3.2 Chemical structure of new drugs .................................................................................. 77 8.An‐3.3 Considering the profile of adverse effects.................................................................... 78 8.An‐3.4 Ratio of toxic and efficacy level in the same animal ................................................... 78 8.An‐3.5 Extrapolation of animal toxicity (safety) level to humans ......................................... 78

8.An‐4 References .......................................................................................................................................... 81

Page 6: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 

9. Design and production................................................................................................................. 83

9.1 Elements of good design ................................................................................................................ 83 9.2 Creating the design......................................................................................................................... 83 9.3 Using images ................................................................................................................................... 85 9.4 The production process.................................................................................................................. 85 9.5 Developing a house style ............................................................................................................... 86 9.6 Ensuring accuracy – proof reading............................................................................................... 87 9.7 Printing............................................................................................................................................. 88 9.8 Electronic publishing...................................................................................................................... 89 9.9 Further reading................................................................................................................................ 89

10. Dissemination .............................................................................................................................. 91

10.1 Why dissemination is important................................................................................................... 91 10.2 Managing a subscription‐based approach................................................................................... 92 10.3 Guidelines for effective distribution............................................................................................. 93 10.4 Communicating your bulletin’s messages more widely ........................................................... 96 10.5 Key messages................................................................................................................................... 98

11. Organizational and legal issues................................................................................................ 99

11.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 99 11.2 Why does a drug bulletin need a structure? ............................................................................... 99 11.3 Different kind of structures ......................................................................................................... 101

11.3.1 An association ................................................................................................................. 101 11.3.2 A foundation ................................................................................................................... 102 11.3.3 Other legal entities.......................................................................................................... 103 11.3.4 A bulletin within another organization ....................................................................... 103

11.4 How to deal with legal action...................................................................................................... 104 11.5 Copyright ....................................................................................................................................... 106

11.5.1 Limits to copyright ......................................................................................................... 108 11.5.2 How is copyright created?............................................................................................. 108 11.5.3 How to use copyrighted material ................................................................................. 109 11.5.4 Fair use and quotes......................................................................................................... 109

11.6 Further reading.............................................................................................................................. 109

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness......................................................................................... 111

12.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 111 12.2 Evaluation brings many benefits ................................................................................................ 111 12.3 Three approaches: audit, feedback and impact assessment.................................................... 111 12.4 Start with your own evaluation of the bulletin......................................................................... 112 12.5 Assessing readersʹ opinions of the bulletin ............................................................................... 113

12.5.1 Methods of assessing readers’ opinions ...................................................................... 113 12.5.2 Potential problems.......................................................................................................... 114 12.5.3 Selecting the data collection method............................................................................ 114 12.5.4 Planning the survey........................................................................................................ 115 12.5.5 How many replies are enough? .................................................................................... 115 12.5.6 Drafting the questions.................................................................................................... 118

Page 7: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Contents

 12.6 Evaluating the impact of the bulletin ......................................................................................... 121 12.7 Feedback is achievable and invaluable ...................................................................................... 123 12.8 Simple observations can tell a lot................................................................................................ 123 12.9 References ...................................................................................................................................... 124

13. Partnership and collaboration................................................................................................. 127

13.1 The importance of supportive partners ..................................................................................... 127 13.2 Possibilities at national, regional and international levels ...................................................... 127 13.3 Various forms of collaboration.................................................................................................... 129

13.3.1 Twinning arrangements................................................................................................. 129 13.3.2 Sharing information and resources .............................................................................. 130 13.3.3 Using established bulletins’ expertise.......................................................................... 130 13.3.4 Training sessions and workshops ................................................................................ 131 13.3.5 Ongoing information exchange between bulletins .................................................... 131 13.3.6 Collaborative research among bulletins ...................................................................... 131 13.3.7 Information and support for funding applications.................................................... 132

13.4 Identifying partners and networks............................................................................................. 132 13.5 Clearly define conditions for partnership.................................................................................. 133

14. Keeping records and  creating a memory.............................................................................. 135

14.1 Why keep records?........................................................................................................................ 135 14.2 What to keep and record? ............................................................................................................ 135 14.3 Creating an organizational memory........................................................................................... 137 14.4 How to start an archive ................................................................................................................ 138 14.5 Further reading.............................................................................................................................. 139

Appendix: Electronic sources of information ............................................................................ 141

For general access to evidence ................................................................................................................... 141 Journal articles.............................................................................................................................................. 141 Systematic reviews ...................................................................................................................................... 142 National disease prevention and control, health promotion etc. .......................................................... 142 Health technology assessment ................................................................................................................... 142 Clinical guidelines ....................................................................................................................................... 143 Formularies/Essential medicines ............................................................................................................... 143 Regulatory authorities................................................................................................................................. 144 Adverse effects ............................................................................................................................................. 144 Information about/for patients................................................................................................................... 145 Drug promotion ........................................................................................................................................... 145 Networks and directories ........................................................................................................................... 146 ISDB member bulletins ............................................................................................................................... 147 Feedback and evaluation form................................................................................................................... 149

Page 8: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 

 

Page 9: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Preface

 

  i

Preface

Using medicines  safely and effectively  requires  that  information  is available  to prescribers and others who give advice about medicines and also to patients or the public. This  is true for developed,  transitional  and developing  countries. Exactly what  information  is  needed will  depend  on  the  local  context  and  situation.  Providing  information  in  an  impartial, objective and accessible way  is a challenge. One effective approach  is  local production of a drug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such  a  bulletin.  To  achieve  this  goal  the  World  Health  Organization  (WHO)  and  the International  Society  of  Drug  Bulletins  (ISDB)  have  worked  together  on  the  project  to develop and publish this manual.  ISDB  is  a worldwide network  of  independent bulletins  that promote  rational prescribing. Bulletins provide reliable comparative  information on drugs and  therapeutics  that  is  in  the context  of  local  needs  and  local use. These  ideals  are  very much  in  accord with  those  of WHO, so working  together with  ISDB  to produce a manual on starting or strengthening a drug bulletin was a natural development.  From the outset, each organizationʹs role in producing the manual was clear. The text was to be  drafted  and  edited  by  ISDB members, who  had  final  responsibility  for  the  ʹmessageʹ. WHO would advise and comment on content, and help with publication and distribution. This collaboration builds on a  long history of shared  ideals and mutual respect, and  it was not  by  chance  that when  the  Society was  launched  in  1986  it was with  support  from  the WHO Regional Office for Europe. The manual continues this tradition, and we are delighted to publish it. We have no doubt that it will be a help to those wishing to start on the bumpy road to bulletin publication, and will strengthen those who are already active in the field.   Impartial,  clear,  reliable  and  up‐to‐date  advice  and  information  about  treatments  are invaluable. They have an added advantage  if delivered  in a  local context by  local experts. Working in this context, independent bulletins can be a key means of improving patient and public health. By strengthening the provision of advice at local level, the manual will benefit health workers, patients and community members alike.  In recent years  the concept of  the empowered patient  and  the  informed  community has grown. This development has been mirrored by drug bulletins, which initially focused on prescribers and pharmacists, but have since broadened, with many now producing materials for patients and consumers. We hope that  our  manual  will  encourage  the  trend  in  providing  impartial  information  to  health professionals and consumers.  Joe Collier  Chair of ISDB 

Richard Laing Medical Officer Medicines Policy and Standards WHO 

 

Page 10: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 ii

Page 11: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

How the manual was produced

 

  iii

How the manual was produced

In  1998,  ISDB,  in  collaboration with WHO,  embarked  on  a  joint  project  to  develop  and publish  a manual  aimed  at  helping  people  start  or  strengthen  a  drug  bulletin.  ISDB  and WHO  share  a  commitment  to  promoting  rational  drug  use  and  see  drug  bulletins  as important  tools  in  this respect. WHO has worked  together with ISDB  in a number of areas and  has  supported  ISDB  training  schools  and  regional  meetings,  in  particular  enabling people  working  on  drug  bulletins  in  developing  countries  to  participate.  Ideas  for  the manual grew out of this collaboration.   The  aim  of  the  manual  project  was  to  harness  the  insights  of  those  with  day‐to‐day experience  of  producing  independent  drug  bulletins.  It was  agreed  that  the  best way  of reflecting  the diversity of drug bulletins was  to  involve many people working  in different countries  for a variety of bulletins. The process of drafting and  reviewing  the manual has therefore depended on  the active participation of many people, mainly editors  from  ISDB member bulletins.   Much of the writing and reviewing had been done by September 1999, when unfortunately, work on  the manual stopped. At  the 2002 general assembly of  ISDB  in Dubrovnik, regrets were expressed that the manual had not been published and it was agreed that efforts should be made  to complete  the project. A manual editorial  team was  formed  in 2003  to do  that. Working in collaboration with the Department of Medicines Policy and Standards at WHO, the editorial team has brought the text up‐to‐date and added new sections.  

People who have worked on the manual

The following people drafted chapters:

Ilze Aizsilniece, Wilbert Bannenberg, Danielle Bardelay, Hiro Beppu, Joe Collier, Marg Ewen, Henkjan Gebben, Rokuro Hama, Andrew Herxheimer, Catherine Hodgkin, Ellen  ‘t Hoen, Malena  Jirlow,  Mohan  Joshi,  Zafar  Mirza,  Abdul  Dzulkifli  Razak,  Jose  Maria  Recalde, Georgette Sanou, Jerome Sclafer, Andrea Tarr, Wil Toenders, Gianni Tognoni. 

Chapter reviewers in 1998/9:

K. Balasubramaniam, Wilbert Bannenberg, Gilles Bardelay, Marc Bogaert, Montserrat Bosch, Dominique Broclain, Natalia Chebotarenko, Pierre Chirac,  Joe Collier, Albano del  Favero, John  Dowden,  Graham  Dukes,  Gita  Fernando,  Etzel  Gysling,  P. Hardjasaputra,  Andrew Herxheimer, Marie Husson, Kees de  Joncheere, Mohan  Joshi, David Lee, Peter Mansfield, Geoffrey  Obiaga,  Blanka  Pospisilova,  Kirstin  Raudsepp,  Jose  Recalde,  Emilio  Sanz,  Pijus Sarkar,  Kris  Soenen,  Sri  Suryawati,  Andrea  Tarr,  Molly  Thomas, Wil  Toenders,  Gianni Tognoni, Bozidar Vrhovac, Hans Winkler, Sidney Wolfe. 

Page 12: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 iv

Chapter reviewers from 2003:

Editors  from  ISDB member  bulletins: Embaye Andom  (Eritrea), Wolfgang Becker Brueser (Germany), Montserrat Bosch  (Spain),  Joe Collier  (UK)  John Dowden  (Australia), Michel  le Duff (France), Gita Fernando (Sri Lanka), Maria Font (Italy), Amitava Guha (India), Sharon Hart  (UK), Ciprian  Jauca  (Canada), K.K. Kafle  (Nepal),  Saliya Karymbaeva  (Kyrgyzstan), Joan‐Ramon  Laporte  (Spain),  Peter  Lurie  (USA),  Benoit  Marchand  (Nicaragua),  Zahed  Masud  (Bangladesh),  Paul  McManus  (UK),  Promila  Pandhi  (India),  Blanka Pospisilova  (Czech  Republic),  Neus  Rams  (Spain),  Emilio  Sanz  (Spain),  Jan  Schuling (Netherlands),  Bhupendra  Thapa  (Nepal),  Walter  Thimme  (Germany),  Gianni  Tognoni (Italy),  Zaeem  ul  Haq  (Pakistan),  Sarita  von  Afehlt  (New  Zealand),  Bozidar  Vrhovac (Croatia).   Also: Warren Kaplan, Center for International Health and Development, Boston University School of Public Health, USA; Kate Hawkins, Market Research, Which Ltd. UK; Neil Pakenham‐Walsh,  International Network  for Access  to Scientific Publications  (INASP); Richard Laing, Kath Hurst, Department of Medicines Policy and Standards, WHO. 

Manual coordinator in 1998/9

The first phase of work on the manual was coordinated by Daphne Fresle (working for WHO in the unit formerly known as the Action Programme on Essential Drugs). Ellen ‘t Hoen and Catherine Hodgkin also worked on the manual during this phase. 

Manual editorial team (from 2003)

Danielle  Bardelay  (France),  Andrew  Herxheimer  (UK),  Rokuro  Hama  (Japan),  Benoit Marchand (Nicaragua), Andrea Tarr (coordinator) (UK). 

 

Page 13: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

About ISDB

 

  v

About ISDB

The  International Society of Drug Bulletins  (ISDB)  is a worldwide network of bulletins on drugs  and  therapeutics,  which  are  financially  and  intellectually  independent  of  the pharmaceutical industry. ISDB was founded in 1986 with the support of the WHO Regional Office  for Europe, and particularly of Graham Dukes and  Inga Lunde.  Its overall aim  is  to assist  the development of  independent drug bulletins  and  to  facilitate  cooperation  among them.   People producing  independent drug bulletins  face  common difficulties. These  include  the challenge of starting and sustaining a publication with  few resources, working  in  isolation and  perhaps  being  a  lone  voice  in  promoting  rational  prescribing  of medicines.  Being  a member of ISDB means being part of a worldwide network of like‐minded individuals and organizations  who  face  similar  challenges,  and  who  can  share  experiences,  ideas  and resources,  support each other and act  together. The Society  is a membership organization, governed  by  a  general  assembly, which meets  every  three  years. The  primary  sources  of funding of  ISDB are  the annual membership  fees and members’ donations. Other  funding, which  has  traditionally  been  ad  hoc,  has  come  from WHO  and,  for  general  assemblies, workshops  and  summer  schools,  from  other  organizations  such  as  Health  Action International, various non‐governmental organizations  (NGOs) and  from  local bodies  (e.g. universities, public health schools, ministries, city councils).  To be eligible for membership of ISDB, a bulletin must meet certain criteria that demonstrate its independence:  • It must  be  run  by  an  independent  editorial  team, working within  an  organizational 

structure capable of guaranteeing editorial independence. 

• It must have  financial resources  that guarantee  independence, such as public  financing through a national or  local government,  financing by a non‐governmental organization or self‐financing through reader subscriptions or membership fees.  

• It must carry no advertising relating to therapeutic or diagnostic activities.  ISDB has over 50 members  representing 30 countries around  the world. Member bulletins can carry the Society’s logo on the publication as a mark of quality and independence. ISDB publishes  a  newsletter  to  inform members  of  the  Society’s  business.  It  is  published  three times  per  year  and  distributed  free  of  charge  to  all  members.  The  Society’s  web  site (http://www.isdbweb.org)  contains  the  constitution,  a  directory  of members  and  links  to members’  web  sites,  details  of  how  to  join  the  Society  and  a  password‐protected  area accessible only to members.  To find out more about ISDB, including how to join, visit the web site http://www.isdbweb.org.  

Page 14: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 vi

Page 15: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Executive summary

 

  vii

Executive summary

Drug  bulletins  have  special  characteristics:  independence  is  a  fundamental  basis  for  their work and  they provide  information with a practical orientation. These  characteristics help practitioners  make  rational  decisions  about  treatments  and  also  make  drug  bulletins  a fundamental tool for promoting their rational use.   Producing a drug bulletin involves many challenges. These include starting and sustaining a publication without resources from drug companies, working in isolation, and perhaps being a lone voice in promoting rational prescribing of medicines.   Until now, there has been little written information about the work of drug bulletins and few opportunities for people doing this work to share experiences. This manual helps to rectify that  situation.  It  is  a  practical  tool,  drawing  from  the  experience  of  people who  produce independent  drug  bulletins.  The  manual  identifies  some  of  the  choices  that  face  those involved  in bulletins, describes  the many ways to set up and run a drug bulletin, provides examples from a variety of bulletins in different parts of the world, gives tips and warns of common pitfalls. As well as being useful for people taking the first steps towards producing a bulletin, the manual contains a wealth of  information for those  involved with established bulletins.  After  the  introductory  section,  a  chapter  on  the  rational  use  of  medicines  explores  the reasons why making rational choices can be problematical. It also describes how the special characteristics  of drug  bulletins  help  practitioners make  rational decisions  and  also make bulletins a fundamental tool for promoting rational use of medicines.  The following chapters focus on what makes a bulletin independent, how to define the aims, target and type of bulletin and how to plan resources to start or sustain a bulletin. Chapters 6 and  7  look at planning, production  and  the  editorial process. There  is detailed discussion about books and journals that are useful to drug bulletins and suggestions of key references for bulletins with limited finances.    Chapter 8 outlines the principles of evaluating a new drug. The chapter is mainly intended for editors of established bulletins  looking to develop their working practices or evaluating medicines that are new in their country. An annexe to the chapter provides more information on assessing the risk of harm, including assessing causation and using animal data.  Design, production and distribution issues are critical to bulletinsʹ success and are addressed in  depth  by  the  authors.  Establishing  a  sound  organizational  structure  and  considering possible  legal  issues are  important, but sometimes overlooked, areas on which  the manual also  provides  information  and  advice. Chapter  12  outlines  the  benefits  and difficulties  of undertaking  evaluation  of  a  bulletin  –  an  essential  component  of  establishing  and maintaining its quality and usefulness. Three approaches are discussed – audit, feedback and impact assessment. 

Page 16: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 viii

The  importance  of  supportive  partners  at  national,  regional  and  international  levels  is highlighted  in Chapter 13. Regardless of  its  stage of development, every bulletin  can gain strength through the support of other similar publications, and the possibilities for twinning arrangements, joint training sessions and collaborative research are discussed here.   Finally,  the manual  underscores  the  importance  of  good  record  keeping,  to  ensure  that information  can be  readily  retrieved when needed. Details are given of what  to keep and record, how to create an organizational memory and starting an archive.  The manual is an invaluable guide for:  • anyone thinking of starting a drug bulletin. 

• all those running an established drug bulletin.  It will also interest:  

• health  professionals,  including doctors  and  pharmacists, who  contribute  to  the work of drug bulletins and are their primary users;  

• organizations which sponsor or fund a drug bulletin, such as public and private health maintenance organizations;  

• organizations  that  can make use of drug bulletins’ work,  for  example, national and international regulatory agencies and health insurance organizations;  

• patients  and members  of  the  public with  a  particular  interest  in  health  issues, especially in the rational use of medicines. 

 The manual is a tool‐book not a rule‐book, and ISDB and WHO urge all readers to provide their feedback on the form included at the end of the manual. The information, opinions and ideas received will be of great value when updating the manual.     

Page 17: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

1. Introduction

 

  1

1. Introduction

1.1 Are you starting or developing a bulletin?

You may  be  involved  in  running  an  established  independent  drug  bulletin. You may  be involved  in  the development of a new bulletin or exploring  the possibility of  setting up a drug bulletin. Or maybe you  are  interested  in providing  support  to  an  independent drug bulletin. If so, this manual has been written with you in mind, and we hope that it will be a useful and practical tool.  There are many ways  to set up and  run a drug bulletin and many different  types of good bulletin. This manual does not provide a ‘blueprint’ but it should be a helpful ‘road‐map’ for those  involved  in  drug  bulletins.  In  other words  it  does  not  describe  one  ‘right’ way  to produce a drug bulletin but  illustrates various ways.  It  identifies  some of  the  choices  that face those involved in bulletins and it gives examples from a variety of bulletins in different parts of the world. It gives tips and warns of common pitfalls. Above all, this manual aims to draw from the experience of others  involved  in  independent drug bulletins, and to present their experience in such a way that others can use it and benefit from it.   If you are involved in starting or strengthening a drug bulletin this manual should help you to  take  the decisions  that  are most  appropriate  for your work.  It  should make your  tasks easier and help you to perform them more effectively. 

1.2 Objectives of this manual

This manual aims to:  • reflect the diversity to be found among drug bulletins; 

• help people to make choices about what is appropriate for their bulletin; 

• illustrate useful methods and models;  

• help people to learn from the successes and failures of others; 

• help people  to decide whether  to set up a bulletin, how  to set up a bulletin or how  to strengthen their bulletin. 

1.3 The need for the manual

Those involved in prescribing and using drugs need access to information which will enable them to use drugs, when they are needed, in ways which maximise the potential benefits and minimise  the  risks.  Independent  drug  bulletins  provide  valuable  information  in  a summarised and readable  form which can help  those  involved  in decisions about drugs  to make  those decisions wisely. The  first  few  independent drug bulletins were established  in the 1960s and the International Society of Drug Bulletins (ISDB) was founded in 1986.  

Page 18: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 2

Over  the  last 20 years many new drug bulletins have been established both  in developing and  industrialised  countries  and  in  the  Newly  Independent  States. Many  of  these  new bulletins  have  received  advice  and  support  from  existing  bulletins  and  from  ISDB.  In addition,  ISDB  has  organized  several  training  schools  and  regional  meetings  at  which participants  exchange  experiences  and  develop  the  skills  necessary  to  develop  and  run  a quality drug bulletin  (see http://www.isdbweb.org). Apart  from  these  training schools and the  informal  contacts  between  members  there  have  been  few  opportunities  to  share experiences  and  there  is  a  lack  of  written  information  about  the  specific  work  of  drug bulletins. This has made  it difficult  for  those  involved  in new bulletins  to benefit  from  the work  of  others. Often  they  have  to  discover  for  themselves  the methods  and  procedures which have already been tried and tested by others. Unnecessary duplication of effort wastes time  and  resources. Sharing  skills  and  experiences not only  reduces  this waste but  it  also contributes  to  the development  of  high  quality  bulletins  and  to  a  shared philosophy  and common understanding of goals. Working together  is one way of maintaining both quality and  commitment.  This  manual  is  produced  as  a  result  of  collaboration,  and  should strengthen future collaboration between bulletins. 

1.4 The importance of feedback

This manual is a tool‐book not a rule‐book. Tell us what you have found useful and helpful, what you have found confusing, or what you would have liked to find but could not find in the manual.  If you do  this we will be  able  to  add  to  and  improve  a  future  edition of  the manual. At the end of the manual you will find a feedback form, which you can complete to let us know how you have used it and how you think it could be improved.   Please visit the ISDB web site: www.isdbweb.org for details on where to send feedback.  This manual, together with relevant articles will also be available on  the WHO web site at: http://mednet2.who.int/DrugBulletinProject/  WHO address: World Health Organization, Medicines Policy and Standards, Avenue Appia, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland.  

Page 19: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

2. Rational use of medicines

 

  3

2. Rational use of medicines

Medicines are used rationally when  they are  the appropriate  treatment  for a condition, are used  in  the  right  dose,  at  the  right  time(s)  and  for  the  right  duration. Clearly,  irrational prescribing,  and  use  of  irrational medicines  can  harm  peopleʹs  health,  cause  problems  in health systems (such as antibiotic resistance) and also waste money.   Although the ideals of rational prescribing appear relatively simple, they are hard to achieve. This  chapter  explores  the  reasons why making  rational  choices  about medicines  can  be problematical.  It  also  describes  how  the  special  characteristics  of  drug  bulletins  help practitioners make rational decisions, and also make them a fundamental tool for promoting rational use.  

Healthcare reforms began in Kyrgyzstan in the mid 1990s, primarily in the pharmaceutical sector. Irrational use of drugs remains a major problem in Kyrgyzstan. Polypharmacy, incorrect use of effective drugs, use of wrong or ineffective drugs and irrational prescribing are the major patterns of inappropriate use of drugs in Kyrgyzstan. Unnecessary injections are used to treat non-specific symptoms such as mild diarrhoea, colds and fatigue. About 50% of the population lacks basic information on the proper use of drugs to combat diseases. An underlying factor in many aspects of irrational drug use is the lack of access to independent drug information. Contributed by Saliya Karymbaeva, Drug Bulletin, Kyrgyzstan.

 

2.1 The relationship between evidence and rational use

Conventionally,  the  best  evidence  for  an  intervention  is  that  for which  there  is  scientific support, which means that evidence of its efficacy and safety is derived from well‐controlled clinical trials. Using such evidence as the basis for making rational decisions about medicine use  is  logical  and  seems  straightforward. Yet,  there  are  several problems with  relying  on formal evidence alone. 

Problems with evidence as a basis for rational use

• Evidence may not be available. In reality, much of what is done in medicine is not based on evidence,  simply because  it  is not available. This  is often  the  case  for  cheaper non‐drug interventions. Most clinical trial ‘evidence’ relates to drugs and is mainly generated by  pharmaceutical  companies  (e.g.  there  are  thousands  of  published  clinical  trials  of nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs  (NSAIDs)  in osteoarthritis but hardly any on  the use of walking sticks).  

• Clinical trials are often focused on proving efficacy for drug registration instead of drug effectiveness for actual ‘real life’ use (see Chapter 8). 

• There may be poor access to evidence and a lack of openness from regulatory authorities and pharmaceutical companies who hold such information. 

Page 20: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 4

• Promotion  of  medicines  to  health  professionals  and  consumers  by  pharmaceutical companies is often misleading. 

• Patients included in trials that make up the evidence may not be representative of ‘real’ patients,  for example, because  the  trials were  carried out  in a different  country, or  the patients in the trial had no co‐morbidities. 

• Health professionals and patients do not necessarily behave  like  those  involved  in  the trials.  For  example,  they might  be  less  likely  to  give patients detailed  and motivating instructions, or to perform the specified regular checks on whether the treatment is being effective  (e.g.  blood  pressure  measurements)  or  causing  adverse  effects  (e.g.  liver function tests). 

2.2 Other influences on the choice of medicines

Many  other  factors  affect  the  choice  of  treatments.  They  include  a  lack  of  access  to independent  information, availability of medicines, cost, culture and politics. For example, even if a practitioner could be aware of all the ʹscientificʹ data, a particular treatment option may  be  inappropriate  in  a  local  community  if  the  product  is  not  locally  available,  is  too expensive,  or  its  use  clashes with  local  practice  or  customs.  In  deciding  on  a  particular treatment, practitioners need to consider the alternative approaches available (including no treatment),  and  the  evidence  on  the  comparative benefit/harm balance  of  the  alternatives, together with local customs, costs and resources.  

2.3 Sources of information for prescribers

Prescribers have many  sources of  information  to help  them prescribe  rationally. Although useful, they all have limitations (Box 2.1). 

Page 21: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

2. Rational use of medicines

 

  5

 Box 2.1 Different types of sources of information for prescribers

Source Limitations

Textbooks

Take years to produce and are therefore liable to be out of date.

Medical journals

Difficult to get an overall view of the treatment options and a variable degree of influence on the content from biased sources.

Local or national formularies

Formularies vary in quality between different countries. They show the range of drugs that can be used for a practical purpose. Some explain how to make good choices from this range, but rarely have space for much background or comparative information.

Guidelines Conclusions depend on the terms of reference of the organization producing the guidelines (see text below).

Official prescribing information prepared by drug companies and approved by regulatory authorities (e.g. data sheet, summary of product characteristics)

These are legal documents which vary a lot between countries and are much influenced by the power or the weaknesses of the national regulatory authority in regulating commercial promotion adequately. The information is often hard to use, partly because companies and regulatory agencies regard the documents as a protection against liability claims.

Promotional information Primarily advocates the use and sale of a drug.

 The conclusions  in most of  the  traditional resource materials will have some bias  that may well distort  the message. Early  trials of new medicines  are designed  and  reported  almost exclusively  by  drug  companies  and  the  conclusions  published  are  likely  to  favour  the company’s product.  Furthermore  journals  tend  to prefer  to publish papers with  ʹpositiveʹ results,  a  tendency  that  again  favours  the  pharmaceutical  industry.  The  advice  given  by secondary  reviewing  bodies,  such  as  the  UKʹs  National  Institute  for  Clinical  Excellence (NICE), or the Cochrane Collaboration, depends on the terms of reference of the reviewing group.  For  example,  NICE  deals  with  efficacy  and  cost  and  essentially  ignores  safety; reviews by the Cochrane Collaboration tend to deal with efficacy and so far pay much  less attention to safety or cost. The documents produced by national regulatory agencies and by the European Medicines Agency  (EMEA)  consider  efficacy  and  safety but not  a product’s cost, relative efficacy (“added therapeutic value”) or ease of use.  

2.4 The special role of drug bulletins

The policies  of drug  bulletins mean  they  can  offer  advice  that differs  from  that  available   from other sources. Bulletins are published frequently and so can be up to date. Transparent working and editorial independence, which are key features of drug bulletins, allow them to present  impartial  and  unbiased  evaluations  and  discuss  controversial  topics  which  the industry  or  an  official  government  publication  avoids.  Bulletins  can  criticise  individual advertising claims, therapeutic recommendations and official licensing decisions.   

Page 22: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 6

Being independent allows bulletins to determine their own terms of reference. Most bulletins base  their  recommendations  about  treatments  on  assessments  of  relative  efficacy,  relative safety,  relative  quality,  relative  cost  and  relative  ease‐of‐use  when  compared  to  other medicines  that are already available or, where appropriate,  to other  types of  therapy  (e.g. surgery, physiotherapy, psychotherapy).   Bulletin editors understand the full context of their local health care system (laws, customs, politics, practice), and have a practical knowledge of  the system’s culture and history. The special skills of the editorial team members enable them to integrate the principles of rational use  of medicines  with  the  real  world  of medical  practice.  They  can  clarify  and  resolve differences  in  technical, political  and  commercial pressures, offer  advice  in  the  absence of relevant evidence, and so can produce practical conclusions that incorporate epidemiological and socio‐economic data on which readers can act with confidence.  

2.5 Specific ways in which bulletins can help

1. Giving priority to problems/diseases

Rather  than  just  focussing on  the  features of  a particular drug or  treatment, bulletins  can present the available evidence on the drug in the context of the epidemiological background and the reality of medical practice. They can discuss the practicality of the treatment in real life, and offer practical  suggestions on managing  the disease. Being  independent,  they can discuss and compare the different treatments available for managing the disease. 2. Dealing with uncertainty

Prescribers  face  problems,  for  example, when  treating  patients  (and  populations) whose characteristics do not match those of the published knowledge base (e.g. the trial participants may  have  been  males  aged  25–45).  In  these  circumstances,  slavishly  adhering  to  the published  data would  not  be  consistent with  the  principles  of  rational  use  of medicines. Bulletins can help clinicians deal with  this difficulty because  they can present and discuss problems of uncertainty. The text must make clear which statements are evidence‐based and which have weaker support. The section of an article dealing with uncertainty may well need to  be  longer  than  that  devoted  to  discussing  evidence.  The  text  should  offer  clear recommendations, and these need to be based on an intelligent search for a rational approach. The reasons  for uncertainty, and  the need  to discuss  it with prescribers, are  likely  to differ from  country  to  country.  For  example,  it  might  be  useful  to  recommend  strategies  for management when diagnostic resources are scarce.  3. Encouraging and facilitating audit and monitoring

There are often gaps between the principles of rational use of medicines and what happens in practice. Bulletins should recognise these gaps and suggest practical remedies in a positive way. For example, advice may include suggestions on methods for monitoring the problem and then auditing practice  later  in order to see  if practice or outcomes have  improved. The focus  should  be  on  offering  explanations  and  suggesting  possible  solutions.  It will  help readersʹ perception of bulletins  if editors can be seen as people who can, and wish to, help resolve  issues  at  a practical  level,  rather  than  just being  seen  as having  expertise  only on principles.  In  addition,  readers  should  be  told when  data  from well‐controlled  trials  are needed and what questions these should address. By identifying what is not known bulletins can encourage and facilitate research, monitoring and audit.  

Page 23: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

2. Rational use of medicines

 

  7

4. Communicating with patients and the public

In  areas where  the  gap  between  evidence  and  actual  practice  threatens  the  principles  of rational drug use, it is important to help prescribers enter into a dialogue and alliance with patients  (and  also more  broadly  with  the  public).  Even  if  a  bulletin  is  aimed  at  health professionals, to give them technical information, it needs to give space to non‐drug centred discussion,  addressing  the  cultural  determinants  of  drug  use  (perceptions,  acceptability, expectations). Using published evidence whenever possible,  the challenge  is  to address  the ʹeverydayʹ  issues of management, offering solutions where possible. For example, bulletins can  deal  with  the  problems  parents  face  when  dealing  with  minor  symptoms  in  their children,  the  handling  of  forgetfulness  or  dementia  in  the  elderly,  the  integration  of medicines with traditional or complementary strategies, and can offer advice on helpful non‐drug measures for managing conditions.   Bulletins directed expressly at a  lay  (non‐healthcare) audience  include Worst Pills, Best Pills (USA) [http://www.citizen.org/hrg/] and Kusuri‐no‐Check (Japan) [http://npojip.org]. In other arrangements  ʹlayʹ  bulletins  are  published  as  ʹsisterʹ  pamphlets  based  on  a  ʹhealthcareʹ bulletin  but  ʹtranslatedʹ  for  a  lay  readership;  an  example  of  this  is Drug  and Therapeutics Bulletinʹs Treatment Notes (UK) [http://www.dtb.org.uk/dtb/tnotes/]. Other bulletins produce press  releases about  the  topics of each  issue which might be of  interest  to  the public, and allow  the  lay  press  to  reproduce  them  (e.g.  la  revue  Prescrire:  its  press  releases  are disseminated  in  different  francophone  countries,  and  this  create  links  with  lay‐press journalists).   The  growing  literature  on  the more  patient‐orientated  issues  is  one with which  bulletin editors need to become familiar. To do this they may need the help of people outside the core editorial staff. Often the task is to translate successful approaches across cultural and socio‐economic settings.  

2.6 Bulletins as part of wider initiatives for promoting rational use of medicines

Producing a bulletin  is unlikely to be enough to affect prescribing practices. Drug bulletins can  and  have  been  used  in  medical  education  (e.g.  Boletin  AIS‐COIME,  Nicaragua; Therapeutics Letter, Canada; Australian Prescriber, Australia) and also to complement the work of drug information centres (e.g. Drug Bulletin, Pokhara, Nepal; Drug Bulletin, Kyrgyzstan).  To have influence in the broader dialogue on rational use of medicines in a country, bulletin staff may relate to and form  loose partnerships with other  leaders  in the field (professional bodies, clinicians/prescribers, drug policy experts, regulators etc.) when they have developed credibility  (see also Chapter 12). This does not mean  that  there should be  formal alliances, but rather  the aim  is  to engender a sense of mutual respect and understanding. In keeping with this, when preparing articles, bulletins should work with external referees/consultants from across national professional and  consumer networks. While on occasion  the position taken by a bulletin will be at odds with the general view,  ideally articles should be seen as the product of wide consultation and so the consensus position of the health community at large. There  is  also  a  role  for  responding  to  questions,  of  being  seen  as  a  respected  local resource to which the media, for instance, can turn as an impartial authority. Such a role can 

Page 24: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 8

be time‐consuming, and requires expertise, but is well worth cultivating if a bulletin wishes to be an established part of the national healthcare environment.   

Case study: Drug Bulletin, Kyrgyzstan

Drug information centres have an important role in responding to the need for independent drug information. Our Drug Information Centre (DIC) was established and is maintained in collaboration with the Government of the Kyrgyz Republic and the WHO Regional Office for Europe, Essential Drug Unit, and is coordinated by the Special Pharmaceutical Project for Newly Independent States. The DIC is a unit of the Department of Drug Provision and Medical Equipment under the Ministry of Health. We work closely with the National Drug Committee and regularly take part in the revision of the Essential Drugs List and the development of a National Formulary for Kyrgyzstan. The DIC facilitates working groups designed to introduce clinical protocols with recommendations on evidence-based medicine, collects and circulates adverse drug reaction reports (as a member of the WHO International Monitoring Programme) and gives recommendations on the rational use of drugs. It is involved in monitoring implementation of national drug reform. The Centre publishes a quarterly Drug Bulletin, which covers news about national drug policy, aspects of clinical pharmacology, pharmaceutical treatment and prevention guidelines, adverse drug reactions, etc. It is distributed free of charge to doctors, pharmacist and policy-makers throughout Kyrgyzstan. Normally we distribute 3000 copies of the bulletin. Ideas for bulletin articles come from participation in the meetings of the Ministry of Health and Drug Department, requests from health professionals and the public, and from monitoring implementation of drug reform. Recent topics included: features of pharmacotherapy in paediatrics, drug interactions, medical errors related to the names of drugs, and modified–release preparations of drugs. Every year the DIC receives about 500 enquiries and teaches around 200–250 doctors and pharmacists. But there are 15,000 healthcare practitioners in Kyrgyzstan and most of them have no opportunity to contact us for drug information. Given our shortage of resources, the Drug Bulletin is the most accessible tool that reaches as many health practitioners as possible and disseminates unbiased and updated drug information and promotes rational drug use and aspects of health reform. Contributed by Saliya Karymbaeva, Drug Bulletin, Kyrgyzstan.

 

2.7 Summary

Drug bulletins have the task of providing independent advice on the best use of medicines, making sure that readers know the strength of the basis for that advice and suggesting how that advice might be  further  strengthened.  In addition  to being  clearly written,  the advice should  be  reliable,  unambiguous,  independent,  and  understandable. Also,  it  needs  to  be relevant  to,  and  implementable  in,  the  local  health  environment.  Through  their writing, bulletins  should work  to become  a  source  of  advice  that  is  trusted  and needed by health workers and the public alike.   

Page 25: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

3. What are drug bulletins?

 

  9

3. What are drug bulletins?

3.1 Definition

Drug bulletins are specialised periodicals providing comparative information and advice on the prescribing and use of medicines. Doctors and pharmacists are the primary audience for most  drug  bulletins.  Some  bulletins,  however,  are  read  by  a  broader  range  of  health professionals, including nurses and community health workers, and a few reach the general public. The aim  is  to provide practical,  reliable  information about medicines and promote more rational, informed decisions about their use. Although the main focus of most bulletins is on improving individual prescribing decisions, many also deal with broader policy issues. 

3.2 The history of drug bulletins

Drug bulletins began to appear around 1960, at a time when pharmaceutical research leading to  the  introduction of new drugs had begun  to revolutionise  the practice of medicine. This was  also  the  time  of  the  thalidomide  disaster,  which  forced  the  world  to  pay  serious attention to the harm that drugs might cause.  Medical, pharmacy, nursing and other health  journals for health professionals have always published  articles  about  drugs  and  other  medical  treatments,  but  such  articles  have  to compete with a mass of other material. The result remains a rather haphazard coverage of therapeutics in both general and specialist journals. Through their practical orientation, drug bulletins  fill a special need:  to provide  information  in a way  that helps practitioners make informed decisions about the use of pharmaceuticals.  The growth  in  importance of  the pharmaceutical  industry during  the 1950s and 1960s was accompanied by a  large  increase  in drug advertising. An  increasing number of  thoughtful and  critical doctors wanted  to be better  informed  about drugs,  especially new drugs,  and needed independent assessments of manufacturersʹ claims. The 1960s also marked a time in which  a  growing  consumer  rights movement became  increasingly  active  in health policy. The earliest drug bulletins were published by consumer organizations although their readers were almost all doctors. This  is still  the case  for several  large, successful, national bulletins and  no  doubt  reflects  a  recognition  by  consumer  groups  that  independent  prescribing information for doctors can help to contribute to better health services.  The first drug bulletin, The Medical Letter on Drugs and Therapeutics, was started in the USA in 1959  by Harold Aaron,  a  physician who  had  been medical  adviser  of Consumers’ Union (CU),  itself  the worldʹs oldest consumer organization, and Arthur Kallet who had been  the director of CU. In 1962 it was adapted for prescribers in the United Kingdom (UK) as the UK edition of the Medical Letter, published by the Consumersʹ Association, and a year later this became the separate Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin. At the same time the Ministry of Health in  the UK  began  to  publish  Prescribers’ Notes  for  doctors working  in  the National Health Service, which later became Prescribersʹ Journal (no longer published).   

Page 26: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 10

One can guess why  this activity started  in  the USA and  in  the UK. At  that  time American pharmaceutical  companies were  producing more  new  drugs, were marketing  them more aggressively, and had a larger domestic market than companies elsewhere, so a critical mass of  doctors  perceived  a  need  for  independent  information  earlier  than  in  other  countries. Britain was  unique  in  having  a National Health  Service  that  paid  for  all medicines.  The Government thus had a strong reason for wanting to improve the quality of prescribing, to get better value for the large expenditure on drugs.  In  the next 30 years many more drug bulletins were started  in various European countries and also in Australasia, Asia, Africa and Latin America. Now between 50 and 100 bulletins are published worldwide – the exact number depends on the definition used. These bulletins differ  greatly  in  their  target  groups  and  circulation,  their  scope,  size  and  frequency,  the method of production  and  style of presentation,  the  teams producing  them,  their  links  to institutions and organizations, and how they are funded. One perhaps unexpected aspect of this diversity is that in some countries (e.g. Germany, Italy, Spain) several bulletins exist side by  side,  addressing  different  though  sometimes  overlapping  readerships  and  sometimes specialising in different topic areas.  

3.3 What makes an ‘independent’ drug bulletin independent?

An  independent  bulletin’s  focus  on  practical  comparative  information  about medicines  is one aspect of what defines it. An essential aspect is its financial and editorial independence from  pharmaceutical  companies  and  from  pharmaceutical  industry  associations.  This independence  is  a  fundamental  basis  for  the work  of  drug  bulletins, whether  they  focus mainly on providing comparative treatment advice for a specific health condition, assessing the  benefits  and  harms  of  a  new medicine,  or  discussing  national  drug  and  regulatory policies. ISDB defines independence as consisting of two main components1:  • being run by an independent editorial team, working within an organizational structure 

capable of guaranteeing editorial independence; 

• financial  resources  that  guarantee  independence,  such  as  public  financing  through  a national  or  local  government,  financing  by  a  non‐governmental  organization,  or  self‐financing through reader subscriptions or membership fees.  

 Most bulletins are funded either by the organization that publishes them or by subscribers. Readers may pay  individually  (e.g.  la  revue Prescrire, France; Drugs Bulletin,  India; Pharma Kritik, Switzerland). Bulletins that are published or supported by a government are generally distributed  to readers  free of charge  (e.g. Cito!, Latvia), as are some bulletins published by non‐governmental organizations (e.g. Boletin AIS‐COIME, Nicaragua).   Drug  bulletins  do  not  rely  on  pharmaceutical  advertising,  unlike most medical  journals. Journals  that carry advertising  from drug  companies are vulnerable  to conflicts of  interest and  often  cannot publish  openly  critical  comments when  this would  be  in  the  interest  of patients and prescribers.   

Page 27: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

3. What are drug bulletins?

 

  11

Drug bulletins differ in many ways. These include:  • who reads them: is it doctors, pharmacists, rural health workers, the public? 

• the main  focus of  their articles:  is  it drug policy, adverse effects, new drugs,  treatment guidelines? 

• the  size  and presentation  of  the  bulletin,  from  a  two‐sided  single  sheet  to  an  80‐page magazine;  from  simple  black  on  white  printing  to  glossy  paper  and  full  colour illustrations;  

• the size of the editorial team and staff; 

• how much they rely on unpaid volunteers; 

• their institutional base and organizational structure; 

• funding sources.  

Case study: Boletin AIS-COIME, Nicaragua

Boletin AIS-COIME is produced by AIS-Nicaragua, a national NGO, which promotes the appropriate use of drugs through information, training, research, networking and advocacy. The 12–16-page bulletin is distributed free of charge to all doctors working in hospitals and primary health care units of the Ministry of Health, to pharmacy and medical students and teachers, NGOs and some private pharmacies. AIS-COIME focuses on rational use of standard drugs and on treatment guidelines. But it also includes articles about drug policy, information about some relevant new drugs introduced to the national market, adverse drug reactions, critical appraisal of advertising and results of monitoring of the WHO Ethical Criteria for Medicinal Drug Promotion, and tests of knowledge about topics published in previous bulletins. The bulletin is produced by a small editorial team of three or four people and a group of volunteers who revise the articles. The bulletin has been financed mainly by international NGOs and some of the issues by the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO). One of the objectives of the bulletin is to be useful as a support for continuing education activities in the primary health care unit of the Ministry of Health. La revue Prescrire and WHO Essential Drugs Monitor have been important references. Contributed by Benoit Marchand, Boletin AIS-COIME, Nicaragua.

 

3.4 Types of editorial content

Many  bulletins publish  articles with  information  on  individual drugs  or  classes  of drugs. This may  include an overview of benefits and harms of drugs and  the conditions  for  their appropriate  use,  and  information  on  how  new  drugs  compare  with  existing  treatment options. The focus of a bulletin article may also be on how best to manage a medical problem. Many  bulletins  try  to  include  a  balance  between  articles  that  focus  primarily  on  specific drugs  and  others  that  focus  primarily  on  treatment  of  specific  diseases  or  problems.  The emphasis  of  a  bulletin’s  content  often  reflects  the  target  audience:  for  example,  bulletins distributed mainly  to pharmacists  tend  to be more drug‐oriented,  those mainly  for doctors often focus on treatment of a specific disease or health condition. Some, which have a mixed audience, are actively promoting good collaboration among health professionals in the best interest of patients.  

Page 28: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 12

In many  countries, up‐to‐date  information on adverse drug  reactions  (ADRs)  is  especially hard to get and health professionals are largely unaware of what types of harm to watch out for or how  to report suspected adverse effects. Some bulletins, such as Spain’s Butlleti Groc [http://www.icf.uab.es/informacion/boletines/bg/asp/bg_e.asp]  and  Prescriber Update  from New Zealand  [http://www.medsafe.govt.nz/Profs/PUarticles.htm],  focus  entirely on ADRs and are produced by organizations concerned with pharmacovigilance. The aim is to get the information  on  ADRs  collected  by  a  pharmacovigilance  centre  back  out  to  doctors  and pharmacists, and to stimulate more awareness of the need to report ADRs.   Another  specialised  type  of  bulletin  deals  with  clinical  toxicology  and  the management  of  poisoning.  The  National  Poisons  Centre  in  Malaysia  publishes  two  bulletins  (PRN8099  in  English  and  PanawaRacun  in  Malay)  with  information  on  avoidance  and  treatment  of  poisoning,  as  well  as  on  the  use  of  medicines [http://www.prn2.usm.my/mainsite/bulletin/index.html].   Several bulletins focus on national and international drug policies, highlighting problems in the  way medicines  are  provided, marketed  and  regulated,  and  discussing  strategies  for improvement. Their focus may be on a broad range of drug policies or a specific policy issue. For example, TheNetwork’s Drug Bulletin in Pakistan also covers news items on international measures to ban or withdraw unsafe drugs [http://www.thenetwork.org.pk/magdb.htm]. 

3.5 Styles of communicating information

Bulletins vary greatly in their styles and in the length and tone of articles. In general the most successful have developed a concise format for articles with clear subheadings. These may be standardised  so  that  readers  know  where  to  find  particular  kinds  of  information.  For example,  the US Public Citizen’s Worst Pills, Best Pills, a bulletin  for consumers, ends each article with a practical advice section  titled, “What you can do”. Titles usually give a clear idea  of  the  topic  of  the  article,  but  occasionally  catchy  titles  are  used  to  attract  readers’ attention.   Most bulletins cite  the  references used as  information sources  (something  that all bulletins should  do,  wherever  possible).  Some  provide  illustrations  and  tables,  others  do  not.  In addition  to producing  individual  issues, many bulletins produce a yearly  index. Some also publish bound collections of articles or CD‐ROMs containing back issues. In countries where readers have  Internet  access, bulletins  are  increasingly published  on  Internet web  sites  as well as in print.  

3.6 The institutional base

A bulletin usually needs  an  institutional base. Local opportunity  largely determines what this  is.  The  spectrum  ranges  from  a  bulletin  housed  in  a  Health  Ministry  to  a  health insurance  organization,  a  consumer  organization,  a  professional  association,  a  university department,  or  a  non‐governmental  organization.  Some  bulletins  have  their  own independent  institutional  base  and  are  legally  incorporated  as  a  company  or  a non‐profit organization. A bulletin housed within a parent organization needs a structure  that allows   

Page 29: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

3. What are drug bulletins?

 

  13

the editors the freedom to do their job and to control editorial content. On the other hand, a parent  organization  can  offer  the  advantage  of  taking  responsibility  for  financial management and protecting the bulletin against legal threats. Chapter 11 discusses the pros and cons of different types of institutional and legal structures.  

3.7 References

1.   Constitution of the International Society of Drug Bulletins. Available at: http://www.isdbweb.org 

Page 30: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 14

 

Page 31: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

4. Defining aims, target and type of bulletin

 

  15

4. Defining aims, target and type of bulletin

4.1 Principles

A drug bulletin can succeed only if it serves a real need and if it is planned with the target audience  in mind. You probably  think  a drug  bulletin  is  needed,  but do  your  colleagues agree?  There  are  already  many  sources  of  drug  information.  In  some  countries  people complain about an  ʺinformation overloadʺ, even  though comparative  information  is not so abundant. How will your bulletin succeed against competing information? In other countries people lack information. How will your bulletin reach the people who need it?  The  key  to  success  is  to  involve  the  readers  of  the  bulletin  as much  as possible. Nobody knows better what they want than they do. A bulletin that subscribers have to pay for will only succeed  if  it gives  them something  that  they want and value. However,  they may not realise that they lack a source of objective information until that source is actually available. When  a  bulletin  is  funded  publicly,  the  funding  body will want  to  be  satisfied  that  the recipients appreciate it. You should spend time researching the market before you launch a new bulletin (see Box 4.1). Established bulletins also need to listen to their readers (through readers’ mail, surveys and research) to keep them up to date with what their readers want.  

Box 4.1 Finding out whether a bulletin is needed: questions that might be included in a survey of potential readers

1. What is your job?

2. Do you give advice about, or prescribe, or dispense medicines?

3. If you need information about a medicine, where do you look for it?

4. What sort of information about a medicine do you frequently look for? e.g. dosage, adverse effects, interactions, how to store the medicine, information for the patient.

5. In the past year, have you had difficulty getting information that you needed?

6. What sort of information on medicines do you have most difficulty in obtaining?

7. How do you get information about a new medicine?

8. How do you find out what is the current best treatment for a medical problem?

9. Can you currently get independent, unbiased information on medicines? If yes, do you get it from international sources or from national ones adapted to the local situation?

10. Do you need additional independent, unbiased information? If yes,

• in what form (i.e. bulletin, web site, telephone information service etc.)? • who should provide it? • would you pay for it?

  

Page 32: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 16

4.2 What is already available?

If  your  country  has many  sources  of  drug  information,  does  it  need  a  bulletin? Health workers are usually busy people, so your bulletin has to compete for their time and attention. If your bulletin offers them something different they are more likely to read it. For example, if the only other drug information available comes from pharmaceutical companies then you can offer information which is not designed to increase drug use or sales.  Consider what health workers in your country do if they want to find out something about a drug. Do they have access to:  1. Library services:

• books and journals  • computerised databases 

 2. Drug information services, including drug information centres

 3. Industry information:

• product data sheets  • company medical departments 

 4. The Internet

 

5. Informal sources of drug information, such as advice from hospital specialists and other knowledgeable colleagues. 

4.3 Information on drug utilisation helps you choose topics

Any bulletin that is intended to change prescribing must be informed by knowledge of what is being prescribed and what the problems are. These problems may range from use of a less than  ideal  drug  because  the  best  drug  is  unavailable,  to  overuse  of  expensive  drugs  for simple problems. The quality of data available will vary greatly. Some countries have good records  of  all  drug  prescriptions,  but  few  collect  information  about  the  indications  for prescribing.  Where prescription data are collected,  it  is often  the  trends  in utilisation  that are  the most interesting  to monitor.  For  example,  in many  countries  the  use  of  selective  serotonin  re‐uptake inhibitors (SSRIs) for depression has increased greatly even though it remains unclear when  they  should be preferred  to older and cheaper antidepressants. Figure 4.1  shows an example  from  the  Italian bulletin Dialogo  sui Farmaci, which has  access  to drug utilisation data, showing the growth in use of atypical antipsychotic drugs in recent years.  Changes  in prescribing  can  signal problems,  as may  reports  of  adverse drug  reactions  or interactions. It may also be possible to discover what proportion of hospital admissions are due  to problems with medication, for example overdose or failure  to  take necessary drugs. 

Page 33: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

4. Defining aims, target and type of bulletin

 

  17

Laboratory data can also be useful, for example an  increase  in resistant bacteria may  imply the over use of broad‐spectrum antibiotics.   Assuming patients have access to necessary medicines, various utilisation problems may be encountered:  • using a drug with no therapeutic effect, e.g. most tonics; 

• prescribing a drug when it is not indicated (and its use is pointless, e.g. it is not effective); 

• prescribing a drug which does not cure a condition that should be cured, e.g. prescribing an anti‐ulcer drug instead of eradicating Helicobacter pylori; 

• using an expensive drug when a cheaper one is equally effective; 

• using a drug which is more potent than necessary; 

• using drugs for longer than needed or at higher doses than necessary, e.g. non‐steroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs; 

• not using drugs for long enough, e.g. chemotherapy of tuberculosis; 

• using too low or too high a dose; 

• patients misunderstanding the best way to use their medicines.  

Figure 4.1. Change in use of typical and atypical antipsychotic drugs (expressed as Defined Daily Dose DDD/1000 inhabitants/day) in Italy

Source: Dialogo sui Farmaci, Italy.  

2.542.44 2.40 2.41 2.37

2.272.13

2.01 1.96

0.00

0.29

0.12

1.741.72

1.54

1.11

0.71

0.47

0.00

0.40

0.80

1.20

1.60

2.00

2.40

2.80

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

Year

DD

D 1

00

0 p

er

day

Typical Atypical2.54

2.44 2.40 2.41 2.372.27

2.132.01 1.96

0.00

0.29

0.12

1.741.72

1.54

1.11

0.71

0.47

0.00

0.40

0.80

1.20

1.60

2.00

2.40

2.80

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

Year

DD

D 1

00

0 p

er

day

Typical Atypical

Page 34: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 18

4.4 Defining and refining the aims of the bulletin

If you have decided that you want to produce a drug bulletin, you will already have some idea of what you are trying to achieve. Review why you wanted a bulletin, then consider if others share your views.  If your aims are  inappropriate  for  the readers  then  the bulletin  is unlikely to succeed. Several different aims are worth pursuing and most bulletins have more than one. They may include:  • improving prescribing, dispensing and use of drugs; • warning of adverse effects; • advising on therapeutic problems; • reviewing new drugs, including their cost‐effectiveness; • advocating change, e.g. calling for a national drug policy, or a regulatory improvement; • criticising activities of the pharmaceutical industry, e.g. the accuracy of advertisements; • reporting on drug utilisation studies.  A bulletin usually  combines  education  and  information. A bulletin  that  is  easy  to  read  is more  likely  to  be  read.  To  succeed  a  bulletin must  have  credibility.  It  should  regularly provide  reliable,  unbiased  information  that  is  relevant  to  its  readers. Where  possible  the material should be referenced so that readers can see that it is evidence‐based. 

4.5 Who are the readers?

A bulletin aimed at  improving prescribing will probably be  read by doctors, but may also interest pharmacists and nurses. Knowing your bulletin’s target audience is very important: it should determine how the bulletin is presented. A bulletin for village health workers will differ greatly from a bulletin aimed at hospital doctors, general practitioners or pharmacists.  You  first need  to  ask who needs  your drug  information. You  then have  to  consider who wants  it. When  starting  a  bulletin  it  is  often  wise  to  send  it  to  people  who  value  the information. Later, you can try and involve the people who do not understand the point of a bulletin. Often  the people who think  they already know everything are  the ones who most need to read a drug bulletin!  In some countries, a useful strategy is to identify opinion leaders and seek their support for your bulletin. If reading a bulletin is seen to be part of being a good health professional your readership  will  soon  grow.  Professional  bodies,  such  as  medical  or  pharmaceutical associations,  can  also  be  important  allies.  Some may,  for  example,  be  able  to distribute  a bulletin to their members. In other countries, when these bodies and opinion leaders have no credibility,  their  support  should be avoided. Finally, pressure  from consumers can help  to motivate health professionals to search for objective information, and so widen support for a bulletin.   Your  readership will  be determined  largely  by  how  the  bulletin  is distributed. Will  it  be distributed  to  all  health  workers,  only  to  particular  professional  groups,  or  will  it  be available only by subscription?   

Page 35: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

4. Defining aims, target and type of bulletin

 

  19

 

Case study: Folia Pharmacotherapeutica, Belgium Folia Pharmacotherapeutica is a monthly drug bulletin, which has been sent free of charge to all Belgian licensed physicians, pharmacists and dentists since 1975. The circulation is about 60,000. Present and past (since 1999) issues are also available on the web site. The bulletin is edited by the Belgian Centre for Pharmacotherapeutic Information (BCFI in Flemish; CBIP in French) which is an independent organization, subsidised by the Belgian Ministry of Health. Folia Pharmacotherapeutica contains summaries of important articles about pharmacotherapy which have appeared in the international literature. Much attention is given to the evidence base of the information but the bulletin tries to reconcile the requirements of evidence with the need to be of practical use for the busy health professional, which is far from easy. In each monthly issue there is also a communication from the Belgian Centre for Pharmacovigilance. From a recent survey of the readers it appears that the Folia are well read and appreciated by health professionals. The bulletin is put together by an editorial team (clinical pharmacologists, pharmacists, general practitioners), with the help of a network of general practitioners, specialists and practicing pharmacists. All texts are seen by the members of the editorial team, but also by specialists in the subject matter. The Belgian Centre for Pharmacotherapeutic Information is responsible for a number of other initiatives as well: an annual drug formulary, leaflets about new chemical entities appearing on the market, pharmaco-economic assessment and brochures about important therapeutic topics. It is thought that the existence of these other sources of information enhances the impact of our monthly bulletin. Contributed by Marc Bogaert, Folia Pharmacotherapeutica, Belgium. [http://www.cbip.be].

 

4.6 What type of information is needed?

Just as the aim of the bulletin should influence who reads it, the readers should influence the content  of  the  bulletin.  A  bulletin  containing  articles  on  highly  specialised  hospital treatments  is  unlikely  to  attract  someone working  in  a  community  dispensary. As most bulletins  aim  to  improve  prescribing,  prescribers  are  usually  a  key  audience.  Most prescribing is done in the community, so family doctors (general practitioners) are often an important target for drug bulletins. The content of the bulletin should therefore focus on the diseases and health problems managed in that community. Often this will require articles on the best use of standard drugs rather than detailed reviews of expensive new products with limited indications.  The best way to find out what your readers want is to ask them. There are several ways to do this:   • An existing bulletin can carefully consider readers’ letters (for example, la revue Prescrire 

receives around 2000  letters per year, which are an  important source of  information on readers’ needs), or it can survey some or all of the people on its mailing list.  

• It can also be useful to survey some people  in your target audience who are not on the mailing  list. There may be some simple reason why  they are not receiving  the bulletin, and if you can correct this problem you may gain more readers.  

• If you are in the first stage of planning a bulletin (see also Chapters 5 and 6) you should consider surveying members of the target audience you have identified.  

 

Page 36: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 20

Readership  surveys  can  be  simple  or  complex. How  extensive  they  are  depends  on  the budget available – and on your appetite for information. You may be able to send people a questionnaire by post or  attached  to  the bulletin. Another  approach  is  to  invite people  to focus groups. A  focus group  is a  small,  informal discussion group, usually of between  six and 10 people, organized around  the discussion of a  few open‐ended questions. They are often used in market research to discuss ideas for new products. Focus groups can be held in connection with another meeting, for example a conference, to reduce the costs. It can also be useful to talk – and listen – to opinion leaders and other key people.  You will want to ask questions that identify the information readers would consider useful for  their  work.  For  example,  which  conditions  do  they  find  difficult  to manage,  which treatments are  they uncomfortable about prescribing, dispensing or explaining  to patients? You may also want to elicit their views on how the information would be best presented. Do they prefer a frequent one‐page newsletter or a larger journal less often? Chapter 12 provides practical  advice  on  how  to  develop  reader  surveys  and  other methods  of  feedback  and evaluation.   

Page 37: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

5. Planning resources

 

  21

5. Planning resources

5.1 The first steps in planning

Careful planning of human, financial and material resources is an important prerequisite to starting and maintaining a bulletin. Where resources are  limited, you will need to set strict priorities.  However,  with  adequate  motivation  and  commitment,  it  may  be  possible  to achieve a lot with limited resources.   It would be ideal to run a bulletin after gathering together all the resource materials, physical facilities  and  equipment  recommended  for  a  drug  information  service.  This  is  often  not possible,  especially  in developing  countries.  It  is  therefore  important  to  be  realistic  about your needs and the possibilities available. An initial task is to carefully identify the resources you  already  have  (e.g.  through  local  organizations  or  institutions)  and  what  additional resources are needed for a modest but useful beginning.   

Box 5.1 Types of resources needed to start a drug bulletin

• people: editors, secretary or administrative assistant, accountant, etc. • references: books, journal subscriptions • an office • computer(s) with Internet access • office supplies • telephone, fax • a means of distributing the bulletin (either autonomous or ‘piggyback’).

5.2 Identify what is already available or accessible

First find out what is already available locally in terms of human resources, publications and offices. It may be possible to make use of these with little or no expense.  Valuable sources of  information  include other bulletins,  local or national drug  formularies, standard  treatment  guidelines  or  protocols,  selected medical  and  pharmaceutical  journals and books. It may be worth developing links with universities, medical and pharmaceutical associations,  research  centres,  libraries,  consumer  organizations,  government  departments and  non‐governmental  organizations,  depending  on  their  degree  of  independence  and reliability. Duplication of expensive resources should be avoided, particularly in developing countries.  You may want to get to know the people who are in charge of these different organizations and  seek  their  cooperation. They  could help you with  their  experience  and materials  and may  also  provide  some  financial  support.  Try  to  explore  areas  that  could  be  of mutual interest and  strive  for  cooperation  instead of  seeking  competition with others  in  the  same field  (see  Chapter  13).  Being  linked  with  established  organizations,  such  as  teaching institutions,  hospitals  or  drug  information  centres, when  they  have  credibility,  can  be  an 

Page 38: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 22

advantage for bulletins in terms of human, financial, material and administrative resources. Such links can also provide moral support from ideological allies. 

5.3 Make a realistic assessment of additional needs

After  you  have made  an  inventory  of  the  resources  that  are  already  available, make  a realistic  assessment  of  your  bulletin’s  additional  needs. Where  financial  possibilities  are limited, it is essential to set priorities. Sometimes people have exaggerated ideas about what is  needed  and  produce  huge  and  unrealistic  plans  and  budgets.  Usually  this  is  neither necessary nor possible. If there  is a strong and continued commitment, useful bulletins can start and survive with modest resources and very few people involved. 

5.4 Human resources: who will do the work?

Production of a drug bulletin  requires an editor or editors, writers,  reviewers and part‐ or full‐time office staff. Depending on the resources available, this may be mostly paid work or much of it may be done by volunteers.   It would  be  premature  to  set  up  a drug  bulletin without  a  local  team  that  is  committed, determined and has a clear policy. Some ISDB bulletins have faced difficulties after starting an ambitious project  too  rapidly. The  team may start with one or  two people  if  they have enough  time  and  energy  to  give  to  the  bulletin  and  have  the  support  of  a  network  of interested  colleagues.  It  is  sometimes  considered  a  handicap  if  only  a  few  people  are centrally  involved  in starting a bulletin. This  is not true. A bulletin needs a critical mass of supporters of good quality drug information, but the group running the bulletin can be small. ISDB  bulletins  have  functioned  for  years with  editorial  teams  ranging  from  one  or  two people  to  around  25  people.  This  does  not  include  technical  staff,  external  reviewers  or advisers. Wherever possible,  editors  should  try  their best  to use  the  skill  and  expertise of other practicing professionals and academics for the benefit of the bulletin. Involvement of a wide range of experts, most often as advisers or reviewers, is likely to increase the standard, feeling of ownership, acceptance and credibility of the bulletin.   Many bulletins rely on two separate groups for direction and overall editorial policy:  • the editorial team: a local team responsible for production of articles, publication of the 

bulletin, and ensuring that the bulletin is meeting its editorial objectives;  

• the  advisory  board: members may  be  local  or  physically  distant;  their  role  is  to  give guidance on the global orientation of the bulletin, its adaptation to the readers, and short‐ and long‐term priorities.  

 Together, the editorial team and advisory board must:   • determine the bulletin’s editorial policy; • set priorities;  • develop rigorous but simple editorial methods; • maintain quality in the long term;  • manage relations with readers and respond to feedback; • evaluate the results and revise the editorial process. 

Page 39: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

5. Planning resources

 

  23

5.4.1 The editorial team

Whatever the size of the editorial team, its members should:  • strongly  agree with  the objectives of  the bulletin, which means  that  there  should be  a 

clear and explicit editorial policy; 

• have  no  conflict  of  interest with  any  institution,  organization  or  company  that  could impair  the  independence  of  the  bulletin.  Some  bulletins  ask  editors  to  sign  formal declarations (ISDB is developing a model conflict of interests policy. Check the web site at: http://www.isdbweb.org); 

• clearly define how much time they can devote to the bulletin; 

• have had relevant training in therapeutics and/or public health;  

• be capable of critical analysis and synthesis of data; 

• have a  reasonably good knowledge of English, as many  scientific articles are available only in English;   

• include  health  practitioners,  for  example,  doctors  and/or  pharmacists  and/or  nurses; ideally an editorial team should include different types of professionals;.  

• include  patients  and  lay  people  in  the  editorial  team  in  addition  to  the  above  if  the bulletin is aimed at the public and patients. 

 The editorial team is responsible for selecting and defining the outline of topics for articles, editorial planning, ensuring  the necessary documentation, organizing  the work of authors and  reviewers,  quality  control,  and  analysis  of  feedback  from  readers.  It  has  the  overall editorial  responsibility  for  the  articles published  in  the bulletin  and  for  the bulletin  itself. Usually, one person acts as chief editor, and has ultimate responsibility for decisions about the bulletin’s content.   

Case study: Sri Lanka Prescriber

There are no full-time members of staff; we all work part-time on the bulletin. There are three editors and an editorial board comprising pharmacologists, medical specialists and a pharmacist. We do not have a separate office for producing the bulletin. The editorial board meetings are held at the Department of Pharmacology and we use departmental computers, printers and photocopiers. The editorial board meetings are convened by the secretary to the editorial board, who is responsible for taking minutes, writing to selected authors and liaising with the publishing organization. Contributed by Gita Fernando, Sri Lanka Prescriber [http://www.spc.lk].

 

5.4.2 The advisory board

The advisory board plays an essential role, even if it has few members, providing guidance to the editorial team. For example,  it can help  the editorial team to  identify articles that do not  adequately meet  their objectives,  lack of  independence, or useful  topics  that have not been  covered.  The  advisory  board  can  also  help  the  editorial  team  to  discover  new information  sources  and  opportunities  for  collaboration,  and may  assist  in promoting  the bulletin.  It  is  very  helpful  to  have  an  advisory  board  consisting  of  members  with backgrounds in different therapeutic areas.  

Page 40: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 24

Experienced members of other bulletins’  teams can also play  this role. The advisory board may  include non‐health professionals  and patients,  as well  as professionals who differ  in orientation from the editorial team. For example, it is helpful for university‐oriented editors to  have  clinically‐oriented  advisers,  for  hospital‐based  editors  to  have  community‐based advisers,  for  public  sector  editors  to  have  private  practice  advisers,  and  vice‐versa.  The expertise  of  the members  of  the  advisory  board  helps  to  broaden  and  complement  the expertise of members of the editorial team.  Should ‘opinion leaders’ and ‘scientific experts’ be included in the advisory board? It may be useful to include them because of the help they can provide, especially if they are available and  not  too  far  removed  from  everyday  practice,  or  because  their  involvement  helps  to extend the bulletin’s sphere of influence. However, if they have conflicts of interest or a clear lack of independence, no title or supposed expertise justifies involving them in the advisory board.   Neither  the members  of  the  editorial  team  nor  the  advisory  board members  should  be appointed  for  life. Regular  evaluation  is necessary  to maintain and  improve  the bulletin’s quality. Fixed‐term contracts, lasting, say two–three years, may therefore be useful. 

5.4.3 External reviewers

It  is useful  to build a database of critical  reviewers. Over  time, you may  find  that some of them are also very suited to be new members of the editorial or advisory board. It could also be  helpful  for  strategic  reasons  to  ask  influential  persons  to  become  advisers  or  board members,  for  instance  the  dean  of  a  medical  faculty,  the  president  of  a  professional organization of doctors or pharmacists or the drug inspector of the Ministry of Health. You will want to ensure that they have no conflicts of interest, for example, because of financial ties  to  the  pharmaceutical  industry  or  because  they  are  linked  in  some  way  with  the government  departments  that  have  a  tendency  to  support  any  national  pharmaceutical companies. 

5.5 Maintaining the motivation of contributors

There are three main ways to motivate editors, authors and advisers:  • through adequate acknowledgement of their contributions; 

• through remuneration; 

• through  attention  to  their  values  and  needs  (for  example,  by  providing  feedback, explanation, respect, etc.). 

 Bulletins  that  can afford  it  should pay  their authors and editors, and  sometimes also give some form of honorarium to members of the editorial or advisory board. You can also thank your  reviewers  in  a  way  that  is  inexpensive,  but  still  shows  that  you  appreciate  their contribution. The most important thing is to handle their comments with care and treat them with respect. They will always appreciate it if you give them some form of feedback on how you handled their comments, although this can be time‐consuming. In this way you will be more likely to get their continued support. (See also Chapter 7, Sections 7.3.2 and 7.4.7). 

Page 41: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

5. Planning resources

 

  25

 

Case study: Drugs Bulletin – Chandigarh, India Drugs Bulletin is published by the Department of Pharmacology, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research (PGIMER), Chandigarh, India. It is a quarterly publication, which has been published since 1976 and is funded by the Institution, a public sector organization. The bulletin includes only review articles, and the topics are generally selected from current developments and especially those relevant to a developing country. However, topics of international interest, recent advances and pathophysiological aspects are also published. The articles are generally contributed by specialists in their respective fields and the published articles are signed by the authors. No remuneration is offered. However, a complementary copy is provided to each of the authors. This has been our policy ever since the bulletin was started. Contributed by Promila Pandhi, Drugs Bulletin, India [http://www.pgimer.nic.in].

 

5.6 Material resources – an office, equipment and references

Chapter 7  contains a detailed discussion about books and  journals  that are useful  to drug bulletins, as well as suggestions  for key  references  for bulletins with  limited  finances.  It  is useful  to subscribe  to national and  local health  journals  in order  to keep abreast of current trends and events and develop locally relevant articles.     The  Internet  is  another  very  useful  resource  as  it  provides  instant worldwide  access  to information. The cost of Internet access may still be prohibitive in some developing countries, but  this  is  changing  fast.  It provides access  to many useful and  sometimes  free  sources of information (see the appendix at the end of the manual).  Wherever  possible  it  is  a  good  idea  to  link  drug  bulletins with  other  drug  information services.  If a  telephone, hospital or clinic‐based  service  is providing answers  to  individual questions,  it  is  a  logical  step  to  write  down  the  answers  to  the  most  frequently  asked questions  and  then  to disseminate  these  in  the  form of written  information. For  example, Nepal’s  Drug  and  Therapeutics  Letter  is  an  integral  part  of  the  Drug  Information  Unit  of Tribhuvan  University  Teaching  Hospital  (TUTH).  The  physical,  material  and  human resources available in the Unit come in very handy while preparing or editing articles for the bulletin and also in its distribution. Moreover, the drug information service sometimes helps to  identify areas of need  that  can be addressed  in  the bulletin. The bulletin has also been used to publicise the information service and to contribute new reference materials. Such an integrated  approach  to  drug  information  provision  gives  increased  credibility  as well  as organizational support.1  It  is  desirable  to  have  a  furnished  office  and  a  computer  with  printer  and  an  e‐mail connection to produce a bulletin. If possible you should try to secure these facilities, but they are  not  indispensable.  For  example, when  the Drug  Information Unit  at  TUTH was  first established, it had no computer and e‐mail facilities and everything was done manually.  

Page 42: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 26

5.7 Financial resources – the key to sustainability

Financial sustainability is vital to the success of any bulletin. Money is needed for:   • human resources: payment for administrative staff, writers and editors; 

• material resources: references, equipment, rent, phone and electricity charges; 

• printing and distribution of the bulletin.  Financial  resources vary greatly  from country  to country and between different  regions or centres within  a  country. Developing  countries usually have  severe budgetary  constraints and sources of funding are usually limited. It is important to carefully manage finances right from  the start. Decisions on  the size, appearance and  the extent of circulation of a bulletin should be based on a realistic assessment of the financial resources available. It is best to start modestly, at least initially, and then slowly expand as the bulletin gets established and more resources become available.   Much can be achieved with a limited budget if there is a strong commitment and motivation at both individual and organizational levels. As an example, the production cost of the Nepal Drug and Therapeutics Letter, described above,  is very modest. Seven hundred copies of  the bulletin, produced every two months, cost around US$10. This cost is borne by the university teaching hospital.  

Sources of funding

There  is  no  simple  answer  to  the  question  of  how  to  finance  a  bulletin.  Some  say  that whenever  possible  bulletins  should  try  to  generate  their  own  income  through  paid subscriptions.  Having  a  lot  of  small  sponsors  can  support  a  much  stronger  and  more independent editorial base than one or more main sponsors (e.g. through a bulk subscription arrangement). Relying  on  the  sponsorship  of  individual  readers means  relying  on people who share the views of the editorial team. Bulletins that depend on subscriptions expect their readers to be  interested enough to pay for their information, and subscription renewals are indeed a sign of readers’ interest.   Most doctors and pharmacists are used to receiving promotional information from industry free of  charge. Some bulletins who do not  try  to  change  this  established  custom  choose a system of controlled circulation in which all or most health professionals receive their copy of  the  bulletin  free.  This may  be  possible with  financing  from  the Ministry  of Health,  a consumer  organization,  a  sick  fund,  a  professional  association  or  a  non‐governmental organization.  Charging  for  a  bulletin  may  discourage  or  diminish  its  use,  especially  in developing countries. It is not unusual for a bulletin that depends on subscriptions to reach only 10–20% of professionals whereas a bulletin distributed free to health professionals may reach 80–95%. Broad distribution of a  free bulletin has  the advantage  that  it may reach  the ʹnot‐yet‐convertedʹ. Readership  surveys  should  be  carried  out,  however,  in  an  attempt  to know  to  what  extent  a  bulletin  is  being  read  (see  Chapter  12).  Bulk  subscribers  (e.g. governments,  health  authorities) will  also  need  to  be  assured  that  the  bulletin  is worth paying for.  

Page 43: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

5. Planning resources

 

  27

The choice of financing will also depend on how you can obtain funding with the maximum guarantee of maintaining your editorial independence. No interest group should be allowed to  influence  the choice of  topics or  the contents of a bulletin. Before accepting any external funding,  the  bulletin’s  editors  need  to  assess  if  there  are  any  implications  for  the independence of the bulletin. The following could be considered.  Government

In countries where national drug policies exist and are really implemented, it is very helpful for bulletins to try to be included and funded within the framework of such policies. Some bulletin editors might be as wary of government funding as of private industry.  An  important  difference  however  is  that  the  government  normally represents the general public interest and does not promote the use of certain brand name drugs. By contrast, it might be in the interest of the government to reduce costs and  therefore  to promote use  of  the  cheapest, but not necessarily  the best,  option. There are examples where drug bulletins published by government department have had ‘sensitive’ articles censored. A national government cannot be considered as one monolithic  block,  but  as  an  umbrella  for  different  sections,  often with  conflicting interests.  Funding  is  best  sought  from  a  government  department  that  is  oriented towards  public  health  and  directly  concerned with  the  aim  of  promoting  rational drug use (for example, the department responsible for drug reimbursement or for the development  of national health  and drug policies);  such  a department  is probably less likely to have conflicts of interest than, for example, the authorities in charge of industry development.  

 Institutions and non-governmental organizations

Depending  on  the  local  situation,  funding  for  the  bulletin  could  be  secured  from several other sources. These include local, national or international non‐governmental organizations,  universities,  hospitals,  professional  organizations  of  doctors  or pharmacists, health insurers, consumer organizations, donor agencies and charities. 

The pharmaceutical industry

Pharmaceutical companies are never a good option to ask for funding. Sooner or later they will want to influence the contents of your bulletin. How will you write critically about  a  certain  new  drug  if  the  company  selling  the  drug  is  your main  sponsor? Companies will often want a return on their investment, for instance by being named or  by  letting  you  print  advertisements  for  their  products.  Concern  about  future funding can also lead to a less critical editorial policy or to silence on sensitive issues. A bulletin cannot be a member of ISDB if it receives funding from the pharmaceutical industry. 

 

Page 44: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 28

  

Case study: Boletin AIS-COIME*, Nicaragua

Under the Sandinista Government (1979–1990) there had been strict control of the supply of drugs and drug information. After the change of Government in 1990, one of the first actions taken by the new Ministry of Health was to ‘free’ the drug market and allow the importation of drugs without any requirement for registration. As a result of these changes the number of private pharmacies increased, pharmaceutical industry representatives renewed their activities and there was widespread advertising of drugs in newspapers, on television and on street posters. To address some of these problems we started our bulletin. The first two editions were published in 1992 and they denounced the unethical practice of advertising unnecessary, inappropriate or unsafe drugs (e.g. antidiarrhoeal drugs, strychnine and vitamin A-based sexual and brain stimulants). These articles prompted a national campaign in the mass media and, at a television press conference, the Ministry of Health was forced to publicly support the control of drug advertising. Subsequently, offending street posters were withdrawn in the capital. This episode stimulated us to produce an independent source of information for the country. It took us four years to get to the stage of publishing our bulletin regularly three times a year. We were able to achieve this by 1996 once we got financial support to employ a young physician full time to develop the different activities of our organization (AIS-Nicaragua), including information, training, advocacy, networking and research. Now five medical practitioners are working in AIS. We work together in a very small room (20m2) and have access to facilities such as a fax machine, photocopier, store, library and a meeting room, which we share with another NGO. The printing alone costs us US$1500. Most of the issues have been funded by European NGOs and some by the Pan American Health Organization office in Nicaragua. We are involved in all AIS activities, so only part of our time can be devoted to bulletin activities and the production process. However, we can call on a small group of physicians and nurses from different specialties in the Ministry of Health, NGOs or private practice to act as reviewers. We have a good working relationship and collaboration with the Ministry of Health drug information centre that provides us with information and reviews as needed, and also helps with the distribution of the bulletin. AIS is also an active member of the Interinstitutional Coordination for Access to Essential Medicines and the National Group for the Promotion of Evidence-Based Medicine. Participants from both networks take part in the article review process. *AIS = Acción Internacional para la Salud (Health Action International) COIME = Coordinadora Interinstitucional de Medicamentos Esenciales (Inter-institutional Coordination for Access to Essential Medicines) Contributed by Benoit Marchand, Boletin AIS-COIME.  

Page 45: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

5. Planning resources

 

  29

5.8 Long-term sustainability

Long‐term  sustainability  is necessary  for  any bulletin. Ability  to generate  revenue  for  the services  provided  helps  to  assure  long‐term  survival.  Some  bulletins  charge  higher subscription  rates  to  international  organizations  or  institutions  in  general.  This  helps  to subsidise  local  distribution  to  individuals  at  a  reduced  rate  or  at  no  charge.  Chapter  10 describes strategies to finance distribution and the use of differential subscription fees.  

“Economic sustainability and impact assessment have been, and will be, a challenge. Publications like this – that do not accept any advertisements and keep a critical eye on the pharmaceutical industry and its backdoor relationship with the Ministry of Health – always have economic problems. Presently though, we do have funding for 3 years, but beyond that, we see a struggle again.” Zaeem-ul-Haq, TheNetwork’s Drug Bulletin, Pakistan [http://www.thenetwork.org.pk].  

 In  the  long  run, much depends on  the quality of  the work and  the ability  to establish  the bulletin’s  usefulness  to  its  audience  as  well  as  to  funders.  An  established  bulletin  with credibility  is  likely  to  receive  continued  financial  commitment  and  achieve  sustainability. Satisfied users are also  likely  to continue subscribing  to a bulletin and  to  recommend  it  to other  potential  users.  Some  bulletins  involve  subscribers  in  promoting  the  bulletin’s usefulness.  It is important to formulate objectives for the bulletin (see Boxes 5.2 and 5.3 for examples of these),  to  establish  your  own  style  from  the  beginning,  and  to  strive  for  continuity. Publishing  timely overviews on specific  issues of  local  importance, organizing seminars on certain themes, and creating annual awards are other ways of increasing the influence of the bulletin and its long‐term survival.  

Box 5.2 Objectives of TheNetwork’s Drug Bulletin, Pakistan

 • To provide independent drug information to doctors. • To make health professionals aware of the latest therapeutics and research. • To cover news items on international measures to ban or withdraw unsafe drugs. • To voice consumers’ concerns. • To promote rational use of drugs and the essential drugs concept.

[http://www.thenetwork.org.pk].

  

Box 5.3 Mission statement and aims of Australian Prescriber  

Mission statement To promote the quality use of medicines by providing independent, reliable, readily accessible information about drugs and therapeutics.

Aim Australian Prescriber is an independent review of therapeutics. It aims to provide short, direct and didactic reviews on a range of topics which will assist the readers in their professional duties.

[http://www.australianprescriber.com].  

Page 46: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 30

It is also wise to avoid too much dependence on any single source of funding. Then even if one source of support dries up the bulletin is likely to survive. 

5.9 Cost-saving strategies

A  number  of  strategies  can  help  to  reduce  costs.  Bulletins  belonging  to  or  linked  with established  organizations  such  as  teaching  institutions  or  hospitals  tend  to  have  an advantage in terms of human, financial, material and administrative resources. For example, you  may  be  able  to  negotiate  to  use  the  organization’s  computers  and  other  electronic facilities  for desktop publishing. Reference materials  that are already available can also be easily used.  It is best to clearly define the scope of the bulletin and its target audience. A focused activity helps limit spending while increasing the bulletin’s expertise within a defined area.  It may be possible to reduce printing costs by using fewer colours or publishing fewer pages.   Distribution of a bulletin  can be  costly. This  task, although as  important as publication,  is often neglected or carried out inefficiently. To save on distribution costs it is essential to find out  which  mailing  services  have  the  lowest  rates.  Establishing  good  links  with  other organizations  can  also  be  of  assistance  in distribution.  It may  be possible  to  reduce  costs considerably by using a mechanism  that  is already  in place. For example,  in  some cases a drug  bulletin  is distributed  together with  another  journal,  such  as  a national  journal  of  a medical  or  pharmaceutical  association.  Bulletins  which  have  a  long  experience  of subscription,  distribution  and  promotion  can  help  less  experiences  ones.  For  example,  as well as editorial  training sessions,  la revue Prescrire has organized special sessions on  these topics for young bulletins.  Inexpensive electronic communication channels such as e‐mail can be an economical means of  achieving  quick  national  and  international  dissemination.  Similarly,  more  and  more bulletins are starting to be published on the Internet.2  

5.10 Key messages for starting a drug bulletin

• Identify the bulletin’s target audience. 

• Find out what is available locally and establish links with local organizations.  

• Identify your additional needs. 

• Assess what resources are available. 

• Based on these assessments, set priorities for what you need and want to achieve.   

• Be realistic and begin modestly. 

• It is often possible to manage a good quality bulletin with modest resources. 

• Sources of funding should not compromise the bulletin’s editorial independence. 

• The key to success is motivation and commitment. Identify ways of keeping a core group of people motivated and involved in the bulletin. 

Page 47: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

5. Planning resources

 

  31

5.11 References

1.   Joshi MP. University hospital‐based drug information service in a developing country. European Journal of Clinical Pharmacology 1997;53:89‐94. 

 2.   Morris S. Getting started in electronic journal publishing. 4th ed. Available at: 

http://www.inasp.info/psi/ejp/ (in English, French, Russian and Spanish).   

Page 48: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 32

   

Page 49: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

6. Planning bulletin production: schedules and timing

 

  33

6. Planning bulletin production: schedules and timing

6.1 Why is planning necessary?

When  starting a new bulletin, an editorʹs main objective  is  to ensure  the bulletin’s quality and  usefulness  to  readers.  But  very  soon  a  second  challenge  appears:  how  to  sustain production  in  the  long  term. Well‐established  bulletins  have  often  experienced  problems with planning, leading to delayed publication, the need to publish double issues to make up for lost time, or, in the worst case, to send letters of apology to readers.  Like any organization, a bulletin needs short‐, medium‐ and long‐term planning. Some basic principles and tools may help. 

6.2 Start modestly and grow gradually

It  is  very  tempting  to  cover  too many  aspects  of drugs  and  therapeutics when  starting  a bulletin,  especially  if  few  alternative  sources  of  information  exist  locally.  For  example, editors may wish to produce new drug assessments, alerts about adverse effects, guidelines or reviews of  treatment options  for specific health conditions. They may also wish  to  train their readers in pharmacoepidemiology, drug evaluation and pharmacoeconomics. None of the established drug bulletins began with such a wide scope, and many have chosen to limit their  focus, even after years of experience. Each  type of article or bulletin  section  requires specific  skills  and documentation. Too much diversification may  stretch  limited  resources too far.  Producing  good  quality  articles  is  also  a  long  and  time‐consuming  process  involving  a number  of  steps,  including  commissioning  the  article,  outlining  the  topic,  collection  and analysis of  references, writing  and  checking  the  first draft before  circulation  to  reviewers, sending  the  article  out  for  review,  rewriting,  verifying  accuracy,  and  copy  editing.  Then come  the  steps of design, production, printing and dissemination. Time  is also needed  for ongoing  editorial,  administrative  and  financial planning,  and  fundraising or  subscriptions management to keep the bulletin afloat.   Start with a  few clear objectives, produce a  few useful articles adapted  to  local needs, and then develop  the bulletin very gradually as your  resources grow.  It  is better  to produce a quarterly bulletin regularly than a monthly bulletin that is always late. For the same reason, it  is better  to start,  for  instance, with a 4‐page bulletin  than with 8 or more pages. Readers appreciate a regular publication that they can include in their own training schedule. This is true whether or not they pay for the bulletin themselves.  Many  established  bulletins  started  by  reprinting  articles  from  other  independent  drug bulletins  (after getting  their permission). A  commentary  could be  added  to make  such  an article relevant locally. 

Page 50: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 34

Case study: Folia Pharmacotherapeutica, Belgium

Folia Pharmacotherapeutica is a monthly bulletin. The resources of the bulletin are not sufficient to be able to publish only original articles in each issue. So, the bulletin regularly includes interpretations of interesting papers, which are found by scanning the literature, and sometimes original articles are prepared for publication in the bulletin. Contributed by Marc Bogaert, Folia Pharmacotherapeutica, Belgium [http://www.cbip.be].

 

6.3 Develop a framework for producing articles

Chapters 7 and 8 give an overview of the steps needed to produce an article, from choice of topic to final quality controls. This can take less or more time according to the type of article produced. For example,  it may  take a  few weeks  to produce an adaptation,  translation or summary of an article from another bulletin or journal, or to adapt treatment guidelines to a local  audience.  Producing  a  drug  review may  take  a  few months. An  original  review  of therapeutic options  in  a  controversial  area may  take  a year or more. Your  framework  for planning  articles will need  to  include  the  same  steps  for  each  type of article but  the  time needed for each step may vary. Box 6.1 gives a few reasons for differences in timing.   

Box 6.1 A few examples of situations leading to variations in editorial timing  

• The review process is generally shorter if an article is being translated or adapted to the local situation.

• It generally takes more time to outline the topic and edit the first draft with an external author than with a member of the editorial team.

• To obtain reports of unpublished clinical trials takes longer than a simple literature search on a familiar database.

  When the editorial team is small, you may find that some authors or editors end up with too much work,  especially  if  bulletin  editing  is  not  their  only  job!  It  is  useful  to  draw  up  a production  schedule  that makes  it easy  to see who  is  responsible  for what at any point  in time. This makes it possible to evaluate each writer’s and editor’s workload and schedule.   Scheduling  can  be  carried  out with  a  small  computerized  database,  a  card  index  or  by posting each person’s work responsibilities along a timeline on a bulletin board. This should obviously  allow  for  personal  constraints,  such  as  other  professional  activities,  travel, personal  holidays,  etc.  It  should  also  include  some  space  set  aside  to  deal with  editorial opportunities or necessities created by sudden important events (see examples in Box 6.2). It is  important to update the schedule regularly, to  incorporate any changes (e.g.  information about articles being prepared,  revised deadlines), and  to circulate  revised schedules  to  the editorial team, so that everyone involved knows about any changes.  

Page 51: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

6. Planning bulletin production: schedules and timing

 

  35

Box 6.2 Topics which may deserve exceptionally fast publication  

• Newly identified drug side effects (especially if there is no efficient national alert system).

• Serious adverse drug reactions.

• Drug withdrawals for safety reasons.

• Misleading promotional campaigns on a specific drug.

• Direct-to-consumer advertising of a new drug, not yet well-known by health professionals.

• Important regulatory decisions that change everyday practice or patients’ daily lives.

• Implementation of new government policies on medicines.

• Local epidemics.

• Interpretation of important new studies.

• Letters to the Editor, controversies.

  Setting aside time to discuss plans for a bulletin’s editorial content helps to stimulate authors and editors and  can prompt  them  to  reconsider priorities. Box 6.3  shows an example of a production schedule. See also Section 7.2.5 in Chapter 7.  

Box 6.3 Example of a production schedule  

Week 1: topic identified and article commissioned and outlined

Week 12: first draft arrives (if author is on time!)

Week 14: draft edited by bulletin editor

Weeks 16–18: first circulation to reviewers (who are given 2 weeks to comment)

Weeks 19–22: collation of comments and revision of article by bulletin editor

Weeks 22–24: circulation of revised article (again 2 weeks for comments)

Weeks 25–28: collation of comments and another revision of article by bulletin editor

Week 28: near-final version of article ready for checks and controls

Week 29: press day (checking page proofs)

Week 30: publication  

6.4 Flexible planning for each issue

Combine long‐term planning of articles with short‐term flexibility for each bulletin. A good way to avoid delays and  interruptions  in publication of the bulletin  is to  let editors plan to have a few articles on hand without having the production of a new issue constantly in mind. The aim is to build a stock of articles, ideally the equivalent of two or more bulletins, and to separate the planning of each bulletin issue from the production of articles. However, there is a danger with this, in that an article may become out of date if the publication is delayed too long. In that case, a literature search for recent references may be needed.   

Page 52: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 36

How long is too long to keep an article on hold? This varies, depending on the topic. In AIDS research,  for  example,  it may  be  as  short  as  several weeks.  In  some  domains with  little research activity  it could be more  than a year. Bulletins often have policies  in place about how long to keep articles on hold or when to carry out an extra literature search to make sure they  have  missed  no  important  new  studies.  For  example,  the  French  bulletin  la  revue Prescrire  tries  to publish  all  articles within  three months  of  completion,  but  still  after up‐dating references when necessary. The experience of the German bulletin arznei‐telegramm is that more articles need  to be produced  than will be needed. Articles not published  in  the month they are completed are usually published in the following two months.  With an ongoing stock of articles,  the preparation of  individual  issues becomes easier and more  flexible. You may  choose  to mix  longer  and  shorter  articles  or more  specialised  or general topics to make the bulletin more readable. The articles may also be selected to reflect a main  focus  for  each  issue,  such  as misleading  promotional  campaigns,  epidemiological reports, the time of year, international or local debates on treatment strategies or drug policy, etc. Specific articles or alerts can be included when they are in the news. Editorials can also act as position papers on topics of current interest.  Writing an article is only the first step. Do not underestimate the time needed to put together the articles, adapt their presentation and size, design a bulletin issue, and check over the text to verify that no mistakes have been made. A precise timetable is needed to help the printer meet publication dates and to organize distribution.  An easy approach is to develop an annual plan for these steps, to guide everybody involved in the process. Annual planning should take into account bulletin and printers’ staff holiday times and public holidays. Planning varies  from bulletin  to bulletin according  to how  it  is produced. For example, if the printer does the layout, time must be allowed between layout and printing to let the editor check the printer’s work.  

6.5 Allow time for delays in distribution

The  time  the  bulletin  takes  to  get  to  readers will  depend  on  local  circumstances. Where possible,  the  delay  between  completing  the  article  and  publication  should  be  kept  to  a minimum so that the article is not out of date by the time it reaches readers. It may take from a  few  days  to  a month  for mail  delivery.  The  essential  point  is  to  produce  the  bulletin regularly  and  to  allow  time  in  your  planning  for  likely delays  in distribution.  If  you  are unsure  how  long  it  takes  for  your  bulletin  to  reach  readers,  you may want  to  ask  a  few subscribers who live far away to send you a message to let you know when they receive the bulletin.  Knowing  how  long  distribution  takes  also  makes  it  easier  to  coordinate  your editorial  content  with  promotional  activities.  For  example,  if  you  decide  to  publish  an announcement praising a review published in the last issue, you want to be sure that readers have already received the bulletin containing the review.   When  the distribution  of paper  copies  is problematic,  for  example  if  the postal  service  is unreliable, electronic production might be another solution. Obviously, this will depend on how well the local telecommunication system works and whether your readers have access to the Internet.  

Page 53: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

6. Planning bulletin production: schedules and timing

 

  37

6.6 Integrate necessary sidelines into your overall planning

Some of the editorial team’s activities take time, but are often neglected in overall planning. These may  include,  for  example,  acknowledgements  and  follow‐up  letters  to  reviewers, follow‐up of  letters  to  the editors, which sometimes  require a correction or erratum  in  the next  issue  and  resolution  of  conflicts  with  pharmaceutical  companies  (or  their  opinion leaders) or other institutions. The team may also prepare an annual index of drugs and topics covered  in each bulletin  (this work can be made easier by building  the  index over  time by adding new entries each time a new issue is prepared).  Some of  these activities can be planned  for  in advance,  for example  the preparation of  the index and follow‐up with reviewers. Others are unpredictable, but time needs to be set aside for them. If a bulletin is produced by a small editorial team, the editors may also be in charge of  subscriptions,  promotion  or  accounting. A  realistic  amount  of  time must  of  course  be allowed  for  these  time‐consuming  activities.  There  is  no  need  to  point  out  that  financial planning and management – discussed in Chapter 5 – are also crucial.  

6.7 A few principles for planning the production of a bulletin

• Start modestly and grow gradually. • Develop a comprehensive framework for the production of articles. • Use flexible short‐term planning to produce individual issues. • Draw up a production schedule. • Allow time for delays in distribution. • Integrate some flexibility into your overall planning.  

Page 54: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 38

 

Page 55: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  39

7. The editorial process

7.1 Outline of the editorial process

The  editors  of  a  drug  bulletin  aim  to  produce  scientifically  valid  information,  to  clarify current scientific consensus, and to help readers to optimise their therapeutic activities in the best interest of the patient.1  Drug  bulletin  editing  therefore  differs  from  producing  a  research  paper  on  a  scientific experiment. An article for a drug bulletin should be edited to be:    • accurate, providing a counterweight to misleading or incomplete information; • comparative, helping the reader to choose and decide; • transparent, showing clearly how and why conclusions are drawn; • adapted to the needs of potential readers; • locally relevant; • easy to read and to retrieve in everyday practice.  Writing is not the central part of this process. It is more important to define objectives clearly, to develop a conceptual framework for an article, to search for scientific evidence and to set up an efficient quality control system. The essential tool in such a process is not the computer or  the printer, but  the editors’ brains and  their ability  to  take  readers’ needs  into account, whether or not those needs are explicitly expressed. 

7.2 Editing a drug bulletin

The need for independence in order to be able to produce reliable comparative information on drugs and therapeutics has already been underlined in the earlier chapters of this manual. Coming to everyday editorial practice, one has to ensure and maintain the independence of the bulletin.  

7.2.1 Editorial independence

Producing good quality articles implies:  • the  ability  to  choose useful  topics with  total  freedom  according  to  the  readers’ needs, 

keeping in mind that these needs may differ at times from an editor’s wishes, and; 

• the freedom to put patients’ interests first, and not to follow a political, industrial or any other agenda that is unrelated to patients’ interests; 

• access to all useful scientific data, and the freedom to fight for access if necessary;  

• the  freedom  to  tell  the  truth,  without  any  political,  economic,  commercial  or administrative pressure; 

• the freedom to respond to criticism and to denounce false claims or statements.   

Page 56: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 40

This  can  be  achieved  only  by  people  who  have  total  editorial  independence.  The international  WHO  meeting  on  drug  information,  held  in  Madrid  in  1985  defined independent  editors  as  “having  no  commercial  or  other  interest  in  the  promotion  of particular patterns of drug treatment, their sole aim being to optimise such treatment in the interests  of  the  patient  and  society  at  large”.1  The  organizational  structure  and  financial resources  of  the  bulletin  should  be  capable  of  guaranteeing  the  editorial  teamʹs independence.2  Financial  independence also creates  sustainability, as discussed  in Chapter 5. The editorial team and bulletin may become fragile if they are too dependent on sponsors who may decide at any time to end their support. However, if a bulletin has the support of a strong network of contacts, this may prevent sudden interruption of sponsorship. 

7.2.2 Strong and sustained editorial policy and a committed team

It is obviously essential to choose the appropriate authors for specific articles, but it is even more important to put together a committed bulletin team, even if this team is small and its members may change.   Many bulletins rely on two separate groups for direction and overall editorial policy:  • the editorial team: a local team responsible for production of articles, publication of the 

bulletin, and ensuring that the bulletin is meeting its editorial objectives (see Chapter 5);  

• the advisory board: members may be local or physically distant; their role is to provide guidance on the global orientation of the bulletin, its adaptation to the readers, and short‐ and long‐term priorities and developments (see Chapter 5).  

 External reviewers do not necessarily fully share  the same views as  the editorial  team and the  advisory  board. They  are  chosen  for different  types  of  reasons  (see  the paragraph  on reviewing below, and also Chapter 5). 

7.2.3 Selecting topics for articles

The type of article produced by a bulletin will vary greatly according to circumstances, the medical and  social context  in which  the bulletin  is operating,  therapeutic areas addressed, and national or local drug policy. The aim of an article may be to:    • produce  a  critical  review  of  what  has  already  been  published  about  a  therapeutic 

question;  

• inform  readers  about  recent  events,  such  as  an  alert  on  a  new  drug  side  effect  or  a regulatory decision; 

• publish  results  of  original  research,  such  as  a  local  drug  utilisation  survey  or comparisons of drug prices;   

• express an opinion or campaign on a specific health problem, usually in an editorial, or a letter to the editor and its response; 

• be locally relevant, by quoting local practices, brand names, regulations etc.  

Page 57: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  41

Because  the  type of article varies,  the methods used  to  search  for documentation will also vary. However, the four basic criteria outlined at the beginning of this chapter remain central: the article should be reliable, transparent, adapted to local needs and easy to use.   The selection of topics depends on the bulletin’s main target audience, on the availability of other  information sources, on  the availability of potential competent editors and on public health priorities.   Articles  that  identify  essential  medicines  or  other  essential  therapies  may  be  especially important  if  there  is  no  good  quality  national  formulary  or  guide  to  appropriate  drug therapy, or if the basic essential drugs concept has been forgotten, as in some industrialised countries.  As  an  example,  la  revue  Prescrire  of  France  referred  to  the  methods  used  in developing countries to prevent diarrhoea because they have been almost forgotten in France. (Prévenir la diarrhée chez les jeunes enfants. Tenir compte de lʹexpérience des pays pauvres. Rev Prescr 1997;18:527‐9).  (Preventing diarrhoea  in young children. Draw on  the experience of poor countries).  In the face of excessive drug promotion, a key task may be to  identify non‐essential drugs. Bulletins often provide comparative information on new drugs and therapies to help readers to  distinguish  between  real  therapeutic  innovations  and  new  drugs  that  provide  no  real treatment advantage (see Chapter 8 for more detail on this). Some ISDB bulletins consider all (or nearly all) new therapeutic entities and publish a critical analysis (e.g. Dialogo sui Farmaci, Italy;  Information  sui  Farmaci,  Italy;  Pharmaca,  Croatia;  Pharma  Kritik,  Switzerland; Geneesmiddelenbulletin, Netherlands;  la revue Prescrire, France). Others select drugs  that  they consider  innovative  or  controversial  (e.g.  Drug  and  Therapeutics  Bulletin,  UK;  Boletín Terapéutico Andaluz, Spain; Pharmainformation, Austria).  As mentioned above, many countries have no pharmacovigilance system in place or have a system that does not produce enough information. In this case a major role of the bulletin is to warn  readers  of  adverse  drug  reactions.  See  Box  7.1  for  examples  of  actions  by  drug bulletins.  

Box 7.1 Examples of actions by bulletins on pharmacovigilance   

• In 1998, the drug bulletin of Burkina Faso, La Lettre du Cedim, developed the concept of pharmacovigilance in its country and called for reporting of adverse reactions.3

• The German bulletin arznei-telegramm is an example of a drug bulletin that has encouraged reporting of side effects by its own readers, developed an important data-base, and which publishes alerts or raises questions when needed.

• Some bulletins publish a regular section on drug side effects (e.g. Dialogo sui Farmaci, Italy; Pharmaca, Croatia; la revue Prescrire, France); a few have created a sister bulletin focused only on pharmacovigilance, like Alerta created by the Boletín Terapéutico Andaluz of Spain.

  

Page 58: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 42

Sometimes specific  topics may be especially relevant  locally because reliable  information  is not available. For example, the former Datis Bulletin of Zimbabwe published original articles on intoxications with local plants, mushrooms or pesticides; La Lettre du Cedim, Burkina Faso, has  published  articles  on  snake  bites;  the  Indian  bulletin  BODHI  has  published  critical reviews  on  Indian  traditional  medicines;  and  the  French  bulletin  la  revue  Prescrire  has published critical articles and a book on homeopathic drugs.   Some  bulletins  also  include  a  specific  section  on  drug  regulation  to  highlight  relevant  or irrelevant  regulatory  decisions  and matters  of  regulatory  policy.  For  example,  Drug  and Therapeutics Bulletin’s articles on how drugs get to the market (Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin 1990;28:101‐4)  or  on  the European  licensing  system  (European Medicines Agency  and  the new  licensing arrangements. Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin 1994;32:89‐90), or  the work of  la revue Prescrire  (http://www.prescrire.org)  together with  the Medicines  in Europe Forum on the new European legislative framework for medicines (2004) are good examples of articles explaining regulations. Ideas for article topics can be prompted by warnings from regulatory agencies  (such as “Dear Doctor”  letters), or  the published  recommendations of  institutions such as the UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence and WHO.  The choice of topics also depends on the evolution of international knowledge about medical treatments and therapeutic strategies. It is useful to screen international information sources, such as  the  latest editions of  textbooks,  the web sites of evaluation agencies  in health care, the Cochrane Library,  and messages  on  electronic  forums  (such  as E‐drug),  to  find  areas where new,  relevant  consensuses or guidelines have  emerged  as  a  result of new  research evidence. The  appendix  at  the  end  of  the manual provides  a  list  of useful web  sites  and information sources.  You can also use local epidemiological data to set priorities for topics for articles. What are the  most  common  or  the  most  serious  diseases?  Collaboration  with  editors  of epidemiological reports, centres for tropical diseases and international organizations can be helpful.  No matter what  country you  are  in, you  are  likely  to  find  it necessary  to publish  articles denouncing misleading promotional campaigns or warning health professionals and patients about therapeutic or pharmacoeconomic problems (e.g. the articles on prices and therapeutic value  of  drugs  in Worst  Pills,  Best  Pills Newsletter  (USA)  (ʺCutting  your  drug  bill  while reducing your risk of avoidable adverse drug reactions: six examplesʺ Worst Pills, Best Pills Newsletter    February  2005)  or  Butletti Groc  (Spain),  ʺGasto  en medicamentos  e  innovación terapéuticaʺ  (Cost  in medicine and  therapeutic  innovation). Butlleti Groc 2004;17  (4‐5): 3‐18 (in Catalan;  French  version  available  at  la  revue Prescrire),  or  the  special  issue  of  la  revue Prescrire (France) on drug prices. Prescrire Rédaction,ʺPrix des médicaments: la folle envoléeʺ (Medicine prices: shooting out of control. Rev Prescrire 2004; 24  (256  ‐ Supplément):881‐45). Bulletin  articles may  also  be  a means  to  disclose  important  information  on  drug  safety, efficacy or policy that has not been published. For examples, see the articles of BODHI (India) on Essentiale, TheNetwork’s Drug Bulletin (Pakistan) on chlormezanone or fluoxetine, and of Pharmaca (Croatia) on drug donations.  

Page 59: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  43

As  resources  are  generally  scarce  and  the  supply  of  authors  is  limited,  you may want  to avoid some topics even if they seem interesting, for example, because:   • good quality  information sources on these topics are already available  locally,  in which 

case it is better to refer to these; 

• the diseases concerned are both rare and minor;  

• little evidence is available; except if risky irrational therapies are being used, or the aim of an article is to highlight the lack of evidence and call for review of licensing decisions.  

 Do  not  hesitate  to write  articles  again  and  again  about  key  issues.  This  serves  both  as  a reminder and to inform new readers. 

7.2.4 Using and adapting existing material

Editing a good quality original article  for a drug bulletin  takes  time. To save  time, energy and resources, the exchange and adaptation of good‐quality articles among bulletins may be very  useful  for  topics  that  are  common  to  different  countries  with  similar  health  care conditions.   Before  beginning  to write  an  original  article,  it  is worth  checking  to  see whether  another bulletin has already produced an article on  the same  topic. An article may be  reproduced, translated, summarised or adapted. This avoids unnecessary waste of  resources, especially for new bulletins or bulletins with few people involved. It also allows editors to concentrate their energy on  local  topics  requiring original work. Using existing material  can also help well‐established bulletins to show their readers that health professionals in one country can benefit from outside experience. An article from another country or an external source may also add weight to a controversial position (see Box 7.2).   

Box 7.2 Mutual support among bulletins  

Many examples from ISDB show how bulletins can support each other:

• During one of the first misleading public promotional campaigns in France (the campaign on sumatriptan), la revue Prescrire contributed to a more objective appraisal of the evidence not only through its own articles, but also by publishing summaries of articles on the drug from Geneesmiddelenbulletin, Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin, Informazioni sui Farmaci, and Pharma Selecta.

• TheNetwork in Pakistan was able to raise questions about why chlormezanone was still on the market in Pakistan when other countries had withdrawn the drug, referring to articles in bulletins of countries that had taken regulatory action.

• The bulletin of the Swedish Medical Products Agency, Information fran Läkemedelsverket, and la revue Prescrire have produced a collaborative study comparing their judgement on the added therapeutic value of newly marketed drugs. The fact that these very different bulletins often reach the same conclusions gives weight to their assessments.4

  It  is  sometimes possible  to collaborate with  local or national  institutions and  to  reproduce their materials  if  the  information  supports  rational drug use.  If  foreign material  is used, careful  adaptation  is  obviously  essential.  In  some  cases  this  may  not  be  possible,  for example, if the health care systems of the two countries are too different.  

Page 60: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 44

Specific  rules  govern  the  reproduction  of  existing  materials  (see  also  Section  11.5  of Chapter 11):   • Copyright  rules  governing  periodicals,  textbooks,  formularies,  recommendations  and 

guidelines, as well as the publications of organizations such as WHO, non‐governmental organizations,  scientific  societies,  etc. may  vary.  To  avoid  unpleasant  surprises,  it  is important to contact the publisher and ask about conditions for reproduction. 

• Always  state  the  source of any  reprinted material,  including  tables, drawings and any other graphic material. 

 Most organizations allow reproduction of their materials and are often pleased to be able to help bulletins.  

7.2.5 Planning a bulletin issue

The  amount  of  work  needed  to  produce  a  bulletin  differs  according  to  how  often  it  is published, how many pages  and  sections  it  contains,  etc. However,  some basic principles generally apply:   • You need to plan the content of an issue as much in advance as possible, and especially 

plan lead articles well ahead of time (see Chapter 6). 

• In choosing articles for different sections of the same bulletin, aim for a balanced result. For example, you can include a complex article in one section, simpler articles in another. Including a diversity of topics makes a bulletin easier and more  interesting to read, but you may occasionally also want to publish a special issue on one important topic. 

• Set some space aside for last minute news or brief reports, which will make the bulletin livelier and help to establish it as a source of relevant current information on drugs.  

• Clearly distinguish between writing and editorial work. Authors should be given enough time to work and not have the stress of planning bulletin issues. This is the editorʹs task. If bulletin editors are also acting as authors, as is often the case, they will have to get used to a schizophrenic work‐style!  

• Editors  need  to  have  a  sufficient  number  of  good  quality  articles  available  as replacements  in  case  an  author  is  late or  if new  controversial  information or  evidence becomes available (see Chapter 6).  

• The  appearance  of  the  bulletin,  its  layout,  titles  and  sub‐titles,  and  illustrations,  lend value to the contents and are obviously of great importance. There is no universal recipe for  a  bulletin’s  style  and  tone.  The  local  team, who  knows  the  readers  and  cultural context, must determine this (see Chapter 9).  

7.3 Writing bulletin articles

This  chapter deals with general  items  applicable  to  any  type  of  article  in  an  independent drug bulletin. Chapter 8  focuses  in more detail on a particular  type of article  that bulletins frequently  produce:  the  appraisal  of  a  newly  marketed  drug.  As  was  pointed  out  in Chapter 6, a detailed outline of  the steps  involved  in producing a bulletin article will help you  to  realistically plan  its  timing. This planning  can  either be geared  to  specific bulletin issues or to creating a stock of available articles to provide flexibility in the planning of each 

Page 61: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  45

issue. Similarly,  the work of an editor of a bulletin may be more or  less separate  from  the work of an author. Some bulletins’ editorial  teams also write most articles. Other bulletins maintain a separation between the tasks of authors and editors.  

7.3.1 Finding and motivating authors

The ideal author, is a ‘rare bird’, who:  • is available; • is a clear and rigorous thinker; • is knowledgeable about the topic; • can analyse data critically;  • writes clearly and concisely;  • knows and understands the audience; • is willing to change a text after it has been reviewed; • has time to write articles and respond to editorial queries.   All of  these qualities rarely exist  in one person. Collective work  is unavoidable even  if  the team is small. Both editors and external reviewers can help to improve an author’s work.   Many  drug  bulletins  have  found  it  difficult  to  identify  external  authors,  for  a  variety  of reasons. Specialists in a field may be out of touch with the everyday work of a clinician. They may not be able to set aside enough time to produce a good quality article. Some may have the  title  of  ‘expert’  or  ‘specialist’ but have not  taken  the  time  to update  their knowledge. Others do not bother to thoroughly read and analyse the  literature, even when the bulletin provides the references. They do not necessarily have experience  in systematic appraisal of the evidence from clinical trials. An expert may not be used to accepting the criticisms of a rigorous review board. Finally, many have ties to the pharmaceutical industry, which may be using them as ‘opinion leaders’.  It is better to select a few reliable external authors than many who will produce inadequate articles generating difficult re‐editing and possible conflicts. Many editors of ISDB bulletins prefer  to write draft  articles  themselves  in‐house.  Instead  of  asking  external  specialists  to write  the  articles,  they  ask  them  to  act  as  reviewers. Once  an  author who  is  skilled  and available has been chosen, it is important to provide support and direction, especially if you would like the author to finish the article and to write for the bulletin again.  • When  you  commission  the  article  provide  clear  and  concise  instructions  for  authors. 

Simple general guidelines can be found in the Healthlink Worldwide publication “How to produce a newsletter”.5 But specific instructions adapted to your bulletin will be even more useful. 

• Provide the author with complete documentation for the article, explaining in detail how and when the literature searches were carried out, and what other strategies were used to search for extra references. It can be risky to  leave an author to search for references as s/he may be  too confident  in  their own knowledge and  less  thorough  in  seeking other sources. 

• Junior  authors  should  be  helped  by  support  from  a  more  experienced  editor  when needed. 

Page 62: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 46

• When  an  article  has  been  accepted  and  published,  the  authors  should  receive acknowledgement, and payment or other rewards (see below). 

7.3.2 Rewarding authors

There are many ways a bulletin’s  editorial  team may  thank authors, even  if  resources are scarce. As was  discussed  in  Chapter  5,  a  bulletin’s  sustainability  requires  the  continued motivation of  contributors. Adequate acknowledgement of  contributions  is a key  factor  in keeping people involved.   You can acknowledge the author’s contribution by publishing signed articles  if this  is your bulletin’s  policy.  An  editorial  team may  also  choose  a  policy  of  publishing  anonymous articles, either to protect authors from pressure or to acknowledge the collective nature of the work leading to a finished article. In this case, the names of all contributors can be published together at  the beginning or end of each bulletin. Some bulletins,  including  the UK’s Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin, prefer to publish an annual list of contributors at the end of the year.  You can pay authors for their work or give them a present, such as a reference book (guide, textbook etc.) or provide them with training sessions. Training is an especially valuable and well‐appreciated reward for junior authors. However, many ISDB bulletins have found that purely  voluntary  writing  and/or  editing  is  rarely  sustainable.  Asking  a  valued  author repeatedly to work for nothing is also embarrassing. Funds need to be found to pay authors and editors.   It  is  also  important  to  keep  the  author  informed  of  readers’  responses.  These  may  be enthusiastic or negative. Either way, feedback from readers can be valuable and stimulating if it is analysed collectively.  

7.3.3 Writing an article

This  chapter deals with general  items  applicable  to  any  type  of  article  in  an  independent drug bulletin. Chapter 8  focuses  in more detail on a particular  type of article  that bulletins frequently produce: the appraisal of a newly marketed drug.   Several existing drug bulletins and other organizations have guidelines for writing articles, which  you  can  consult  for more  detailed  information;  for  example Drug  and Therapeutics Bulletin (contact the editorial team at [email protected] to see a copy); la revue Prescrire (see its web site: http://www.prescrire.org/).  

7.3.4 Outlining the topic

This  is one of the  longest steps. When feasible  it  is helpful to organize a meeting of editors and advisers to discuss this collectively. These are the aims of the topic outline:   • to set limits for the article and agree on what not to include; • to raise the questions likely to interest clinicians and patients that need to be answered;  • to determine what kind of information is needed to write the  article.  You will  need  to  distinguish  clearly  between what  is  and  is  not  known  about  the  topic. Box 7.3 outlines the importance of clearly separating out different types of information in an article.    

Page 63: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  47

Box 7.3 Avoiding a confusing mixture

A reliable and useful article should clearly separate:

 Facts Area of knowledge Scientific evidence Clinically relevant endpoints Therapeutics Results of controlled experimental trials

 

  from from from from from from

  hypothesis or extrapolation area of belief opinions surrogate endpoints clinical pharmacology descriptive, non-experimental data 

 It is also useful to think about negative influences on readers:  • false and preconceived ideas; • traditional concepts; • vulnerability to drug promotion; • the force of habit. 

7.3.5 Searching for documentation

The author, an editor, or a technical staff member, depending on the bulletin’s resources and situation, can carry out a literature search. The aim is to gather the most reliable information needed to answer the questions raised during the previous step.  The following is an overview of the main types of sources that can be consulted, depending on the type of article being prepared, with a few examples in each category (see the appendix at the end of the manual for links to electronic sources):  • Basic textbooks and formularies – the most recent edition, either in print or an electronic 

version  –  remain  an  essential  information  source. Examples  are Martindale,  the British National Formulary, Meyler’s Side Effects of Drugs,  some WHO  publications,  such  as  the WHO Model Formulary etc.  

• Systematic reviews produced by independent sources, for example, those available from the Cochrane Library, or from Clinical Evidence, or the Database of Abstracts of Reviews of Effects (DARE); 

• Guidelines issued by medico‐economic evaluation bodies like the National Institute for Clinical Excellence  (NICE),  the Scottish  Intercollegiate Guidelines Network  (SIGN),  the Canadian Centre of Health Technology Assessment (CCOHTA), the National Guidelines Clearinghouse (NGC), USA, etc. 

• Health  care evaluation agencies’  recommendations,  such as  those of  the  International Network of Health Technology Assessment Agencies (INAHTA), or of national agencies. 

• Published articles  in scientific and medical  journals. These are now easily retrievable from computerised international databases such as Medline or Embase. It is important to distinguish  between  original  publications  of  randomised  clinical  trials, meta‐analyses, reviews, etc. and to look carefully at the methods, study design and editorial procedures used by authors. It is often difficult for beginners to evaluate the reliability of results of published studies.  It may be helpful  to attend a  training session  in critical appraisal of journal articles, for example at an ISDB summer school or workshop. Some bulletins have 

Page 64: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 48

published methodology articles like “Reading Between the Lines of Clinical Trials”.6 The book How  to  Read  a  Paper  by  Trisha Greenhalgh  is  also  extremely  useful.7  See  also Chapter 8 for a discussion of analysis of published clinical trial results. 

• Unpublished reports of clinical trial results. These may be obtained from the  industry (through  the  on‐line  register  of  some  companies,  even  if  incomplete  or  biased,  or  on request),  through  regulatory  agencies  or  from  clinical  experts.  It  is  important  to distinguish between  full  trial  reports and abstracts, as  the  latter are generally of much lower quality. There  is some controversy among bulletins over  the use of unpublished data.  Some  avoid  them  because  the  reports  of  results  have  not  been  peer  reviewed, because  they may  not  be  easily  accessible  to  readers,  or  because  they  give  too  little information on the methodology to enable one to interpret the results (this is particularly true with abstracts and congress communications). Others have no systematic confidence in  peer  reviews.  They  use  unpublished  reports  because  in  certain  areas  few  or  no published reports exist. This is the case for some new drugs or suspected side effects. It is also  useful  to make  unpublished  data  visible  in  order  to  clarify  the  existing  state  of knowledge or underline inconsistencies.  

• Databases  dealing  specifically  with  drug  side  effects  such  as  Reactions,  Current Problems,  etc.  Even  if  some  are  not  independent,  most  databases  of  adverse  drug reactions are worth  looking at: the evidence  is often scarce and cross‐checking to verify the reliability of reports is important.  

• Databases  on  patients’  experience,  such  as  the  Database  of  Personal  Experiences  of Health and Illness (DIPEx).  

• Promotional material  and  other  unreliable  information.  It  is  very  useful  to  find  out what types of misleading claims are being made about a topic or a specific drug, in order to address these claims in the article.  

• Evaluation reports published by drug  regulatory agencies,  like  those provided by  the U.S. Food and Drug Administration  (FDA) or other national agencies, or  the European Medicines  Agency  (EMEA).  Although  they may  not  be  complete  and much  of  their content comes from pharmaceutical companies, they are useful if cross‐checked.  

• National drug utilisation data, or consumption or reimbursement data, when available.  

• Drug prices.  

 Internet  literature  searches  and  the  use  of  computerised  databases  are  efficient means  to search  for documentation, provided of course  that  Internet access  is available, and  that  the person  carrying out a  search has  the necessary  training  to  select  relevant and appropriate references. It is easy to carry out a search, but selection of references requires more editorial and clinical experience.   If you are starting a new bulletin, it is essential to know that good quality, successful articles can be based on a  few well‐selected  information sources and  that quantity does not mean quality.  The  credibility  of  a  drug  bulletin  does  not  depend  on  the  length  of  the bibliographies at  the end of  its articles. The references should be valid, relevant and up‐to‐date, avoiding speculation and opinions not based on evidence.  

Page 65: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  49

In  some  cases  you  may  face  a  lack  of  evidence  even  after  a  thorough  search  for documentation. Do not hide  this  from  the  reader. You  can explain what questions  remain unanswered  and  the  degree  of  uncertainty  remaining.  The  article  can  conclude  with recommendations  for  the most  reasonable  therapeutic  attitude,  given what  is  and  is  not currently known, and express a willingness to change if new evidence becomes available. 

7.3.6 The first draft

The first draft should be developed around the central questions identified when an outline was prepared  for  the  topic, using  the results of  the  literature search  to see  if you have  the information you need. Constantly keep  the reader and  target audience  in mind and aim  to produce a draft that is as concise and clear as possible, avoiding ambiguity. The Healthlink Worldwide guide to good writing5 is a useful reference on wording, length of sentences and priorities for information presentation. Aim to build the article logically and make it easy for the reader to understand how and why you have drawn your conclusions.   The ISDB experience in training sessions is that an article should not be too long if it is to be easily understood by readers. You may be able to split a long article in to two parts. Box 7.4 presents a few tricks drug bulletin editors use to simplify technical explanations.  As an author, during the writing phase you are on your own. The first step in quality control is  up  to  you. Reread  and  check  the  draft  carefully  before  sending  it  out  for  review.  The cleaner the draft, the more relevant reviewers’ comments will be.  

Box 7.4 A few ways to simplify complex articles  

• Include less important facts as footnotes.

• Use boxes for practical tips, information aimed at specific readers, or to highlight a risk for patients.

• Use titles and subtitles to summarise information and provide clear conclusions. This allows readers to skim an article for key messages.

• Be obsessive about cutting and shortening sentences, especially on very technical topics such as analysis of clinical trials.

• Avoid superlatives. A therapy is rarely THE absolute best choice in any circumstance. Instead, provide clear therapeutic strategies and facilitate choice.

• Separate clear description of facts from editorial comments.

• Use the right verb tense to distinguish between things that are already known and things that should still be tested.

• Ban words that are too technical and avoid unnecessary use of abbreviations.

• If you use tables or graphs, make sure that labelling and headings are simple and clear.

 

Page 66: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 50

7.3.7 Discuss the draft with an editor

Before  circulating  a draft  of  an  article  to  a  group  of  reviewers,  you may want  to  first  go through  it with the bulletin’s editor (if there are several, one of them, or the one who dealt with the outline) and revise it. When this is not feasible, you can act as your own editor after two or three nights of good sleep. The aim is to check the article carefully:  • how well does it correspond to the intended outline? • do the documentation, analysis and the arguments used seem correct?  • does the article seem to be adapted to readers’ needs? • is it well presented and not too difficult to read?  This  first  step  avoids  hostile  reactions  from  external  reviewers  caused  by  circulating inadequate drafts. Reviewers may be distracted or irritated by mistakes or simple errors that could have been corrected beforehand. 

7.4 Reviewing the article

The review process varies greatly among drug bulletins according to context, resources and the type of article, but the aims are similar:   • making sure that the information contained in the article is accurate and its conclusions 

are valid; 

• ensuring its relevance to readers’ needs and its transparency;  

• checking for clarity and readability.  

7.4.1 How many people should review an article?

Here again quantity does not mean quality. A large reviewing board of skilled persons from different scientific and non‐scientific areas (doctors, pharmacists, nurses, working in hospital and  in  the  community,  etc.)  is  certainly  helpful,  but  a  team  of  two  people  including  a motivated, well‐trained  physician  and  a  patient with  experience  in  critical  analysis may already be effective. Large review boards require management skills and a lot of follow up. Some types of articles and some uncontroversial topics require fewer reviewers than others and fewer cycles of review. 

7.4.2 Should a bulletin set up a permanent review board?

The risk with a permanent board, such as an advisory board whose members review each new article, is that reviewers may have too much to do and become less critical over time, or give up from exhaustion. If the review board is selected specifically for each article, it may be better suited to the topic, for example including specialists and non‐specialists interested in the topic. However, these people have less training in critical appraisal or in judging a text.   Most  ISDB  bulletins  use  a  mixture  of  permanent  reviewers,  including  methodologists, clinical  pharmacologists  and  health  professionals,  and  occasional  reviewers  who  have  a special interest or expertise in the topic. This is the recommended approach. 

7.4.3 Should readers be included in the review board?

The  comments  of  readers  are  very  useful. Many  bulletins  ask  readers  to  review  articles, either as individuals or groups of clinicians. Some change their panels of readers regularly in order to get ‘naïve’ comments. However, this requires management staff and some resources. 

Page 67: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  51

7.4.4 Should patients or lay people be included?

The comments of concerned patients, contacted, for example, via patients’ associations, or of lay  people  may  be  useful  for  drug  bulletins,  even  if  the  bulletins  are  aimed  at  health professionals.  If  an  article  does  not  answer  patients’  questions  adequately,  it will  be  less useful for the clinicians who provide them with care. The opinions of patients or lay people can also be useful in selecting and outlining topics for articles.  When a bulletin is written for a consumer audience, having experienced patients review the articles can be very useful.  Family members  of  editors  sometimes  act  as  reviewers when  resources  are  scarce.  Their input on readability, coherence and relevance of the article can be very valuable.  

7.4.5 Should the pharmaceutical industry review drafts?

ISDB bulletins have different policies on this (see Box 7.5). The selection of reviewers, as well as the selection of authors, raises the problem of conflicts of interest. It is easy to ensure that a few authors or a close editorial team have no conflicts of interest. It becomes more difficult with  external  reviewers  especially  when  their  number  increases.  Some  bulletins  ask reviewers  to  inform  them  in confidence of any conflicts of  interest, or anything which may influence or bias  their comments  (e.g. Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin).  In some cases known conflicts of  interest do not prevent a bulletin  from sending a draft  to a  reviewer. A biased opinion  can  be  helpful.  If  there  are  weaknesses  in  a  critical  argument  or  if  important information has been left out, a biased reviewer will be quick to notice this and point it out.  

Box 7.5 Should the pharmaceutical industry see articles before publication?  

Some bulletins send articles to pharmaceutical companies, before publication, preferring to get any legitimate corrections or comments before, rather than after, publication. Other bulletins choose not to, in order to avoid wasting time going back and forth with comments and counter-comments before publication. If articles are well-referenced and care is taken to present correct, unbiased information, complaints after publication are rare. If a company does send a complaint, it can easily be published in the bulletin (or put on its web site) with an editorial comment. Whether or not an article should be sent to the pharmaceutical industry also depends on the topic. Some bulletins do this when the evidence is scarce or hidden, as on some side effects. The time between review and publication needs to be short to prevent the company from organizing a counter campaign at publication time. If you choose to ask industry to review drafts, as with other reviewers it is important to remember your primary goals: presenting the evidence in a fair, unbiased manner, and keeping patients’ best interests in mind. New bulletins should also remember that even if you do not send a draft to companies directly, they might get it from an expert who has received the draft for review.

 

Page 68: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 52

7.4.6 Tips for reviewing articles

Whatever  the  size  of  the  review  board,  these  are  some  recommendations  for  the  review process:  • circulate anonymous drafts. This greatly  facilitates criticism. Some bulletins also do not 

name the editor and some inform reviewers that their comments will be kept confidential; 

• try to get people with different therapeutic opinions to review a draft. It is always useful to find out why people may disagree with your conclusions; 

• use  the  review  process  to  involve  specialists  or  health  professionals  in  the  bulletinʹs development and to identify future editors or authors;  

• reinforce links with readers by involving them as reviewers;  

• provide guidelines to reviewers explaining what you expect of them and how to present their comments (e.g. you can ask them to back their comments on scientific evidence with specific references); 

• monitor the performance of reviewers.   The more  effective  reviewers you  involve,  the more difficult management becomes  if you want them to receive feedback in order to maintain motivation. Electronic reviewing (e‐mail) is,  for  example,  used  by  the  Dutch  bulletin  Geneesmiddelenbulletin  to  help  simplify  this process. However, the same amount of time and competence are needed to produce a careful evaluation of reviewers’ comments whether they arrive in the post or electronically.  

7.4.7 Rewarding reviewers

An  important  task  for  bulletins  is  to  find  ways  to  reward  reviewers.  This  may  be  by mentioning their names  in the bulletin and/or paying them and/or sending them a present. Many  ISDB  bulletins  send  them  reference  books  or  cheques  to  buy  books,  or  offer  a  free subscription to the bulletin or perhaps a special issue or guide produced by the bulletin. It is useful to send feedback to reviewers on their comments. Some bulletins send personal letters, others  send  circular  letters  summarising  the  comments  of  reviewers  and  how  they were incorporated into the article. Occasionally reviewers may ask for certificates acknowledging their role.   Some  bulletins  have  systems  in  place  to  evaluate  the  quality  of  reviewers’  work.  Even without  such  a  system,  it  is  a  good  idea  to  check  regularly  if  reviewers  are  not  too overbooked,  or  less  critical,  or  if  some  change  in  their  professional  life  has  affected  their ability to review. 

7.5. Rewriting the article

Management of reviewersʹ comments is not always easy and the skills of experienced editors are helpful. These are the main steps used by ISDB bulletins in rewriting articles:  • before  looking at the comments some bulletins suggest  that  the author or  the editor re‐

reads the article and makes his or her own comments on it;  

• first consider comments from reviewers that are easy to integrate: style, wording, length of sentences, technical points with simple and clear references, etc.; 

Page 69: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  53

• deal with  technically complex and/or controversial comments at  the end,  in some cases through personal contacts with the reviewers; 

• in some cases, you may want to re‐circulate very controversial articles to a smaller group for  final  consensus. Some bulletins,  such as  the Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin  (UK), do this systematically. 

7.6 Final checks

Few bulletins have a staff member who is specifically responsible for the final quality control of articles because of the extra cost involved. However, even small bulletins need to carry out a  final step  to carefully verify  the accuracy of  the article. Preferably someone who has not seen the article recently should do this.   These are the steps in a final quality check of an article:  • check that each time a reference is cited, the information in the article corresponds to the 

information in the reference (figures, dates, doses, quotations, claims, etc.); 

• check that the content of tables, figures and graphs corresponds to what is stated in the text; 

• make  sure  that  editing  of  complicated  sentences  has  not  changed  their  meaning  or introduced errors; 

• check the article’s coherence and how well it hangs together as a whole; 

• make a final check of the conclusion – check that it still reflects the content of the text.  This final stage is crucial. If you omit it, the quality of articles is likely to suffer and it will be easier for critics to find flaws in the bulletin.  

7.7 Follow-up after publication

The  follow‐up work  after  publication  is  sometimes  neglected  during  planning  for  a  new bulletin, yet this requires a fair bit of time and energy. 

7.7.1 Indexing

A  good  quality,  easy‐to‐use  index makes  the  bulletin’s  contents much more  accessible  to readers. You will need  to update  the  index  immediately after  the publication of each  issue and to review regularly the use of some words, or introduce new key words. Some bulletins employ a professional indexer, but the person who selects key words must be familiar with the readers’ needs.  

7.7.2 Authors’ certificates

Many drug bulletins publish anonymous articles. However, authors may need certificates as proof of  their collaboration,  for example  for use  in curriculum vitae. Reviewers sometimes also ask for such certificates. It is useful to have a policy concerning certificates and develop a set format for each type of certificate.  

Page 70: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 54

7.7.3 Post-publication correspondence

Readers often write to a bulletin, either to express their opinion or discuss technical issues. A bulletin may include a regular section with letters to the editor. Readers often welcome this approach. Even  if you do not publish  readers’  letters,  for  example,  if your bulletin  is  too short to have the available space, you will need to reply to readers’ letters.  You may also receive letters of protest, for example from the drug industry and from opinion leaders  close  to  the  industry.  Some  bulletins make  these  letters  public,  together with  the answers of the editorial team (e.g. la revue Prescrire on its web site: http://www.prescrire.org/) in order to stress the importance of transparency in scientific matters. Sometimes regulatory authorities  also write when  their  decisions  have  been  discussed  in  articles.  In  rare  cases, bulletins  have  had  legal  action  started  against  them  (see Chapter  11).  The  editorial  team should be prepared for these sorts of situations.  

7.7.4 Corrections

A  section  devoted  to  errata,  corrections  or  clarifications,  is  a  good  criterion  for  quality. Mistakes  are  bound  to  occur  from  time  to  time,  and  scientific  matters  often  require supplementary information. Quality control mechanisms should be in place to avoid them as far  as  possible. However  hard  one  tries  to  avoid making mistakes,  they  do  arise.  If  the bulletin  is to remain trusted,  it must publish a  ʹcorrectionʹ as soon as possible. It might feel awkward to make a correction, but  it  is more  important to correct errors and possibly save lives, than to remain quiet  in the hope that the bulletinʹs reputation will remain  intact. The prompt publication of a correction  is a way of allowing readers  to see  that you are honest and trustworthy.   The UK’s Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin was the first bulletin to  include a section for errata, followed  by many  other  ISDB  bulletins.  Since  bulletins  often  have  a  faithful  readership, readers are likely to see corrections or clarifications published in the following issue. Readers should be encouraged  to point out errors  they notice  in  the bulletin or statements  that are ambiguous or too vague. The corrections or clarifications need to be included in the index.  

7.7.5 Requests for reproduction

When  a  bulletin  becomes  well  known  nationally  or  internationally,  it  begins  to  receive requests  for  reproduction  of  its  articles.  These may  come  from  other  bulletins  or  other periodicals, patients’ associations or organizations  for  continuing education,  in which  case they  cause  little  or  no  difficulty. However,  they may  also  come  from  the  pharmaceutical industry or  industry‐sponsored  institutions. This requires more caution. The editorial  team needs to know how a reprint will be used, for example, whether it will be used to promote a drug, or to attack a competitor’s product.  The bulletin needs a clear policy on how  to deal with such situations. Some ISDB bulletins have a written policy for reproduction of their articles (e.g. Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin, UK; la revue Prescrire, France). You need to make sure that the article will not be shortened, or a section  reproduced out of  context,  and  that  the  source will be mentioned. One  concern  is whether a reprint by a pharmaceutical company gives the impression of a link between this firm and  the bulletin. One way used by bulletins  to deal with  this  risk  is  that  the bulletin produces reprints, sells them at cost to the company (i.e. without profit) and puts a stamp on the reprint saying: “Reprinted and sold at cost by [name of the bulletin]”. 

Page 71: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

7. The editorial process

 

  55

7.7.6 Keeping track of how bulletin articles are quoted and used

In addition  to official  requests  for  reprints, bulletin articles may be quoted or  reproduced without permission. In some cases this is welcome and desirable, in others not. Misleading or ambiguous use of a bulletin’s content may come to the attention of the editorial team, with the help of reviewers, advisers and readers. Strong and visible written reactions can help to prevent recurrences. 

7.8 References

1.  WHO Regional Office for Europe. Definition of independent drug information. In: Independent drug bulletins. Report of an international WHO meeting on drug information, Madrid 1985:  

2.  International Society of Drug Bulletins Constitution. Articles of the Society. 31 March 1987.  

3.  Comment établir lʹimputabilité des effets indésirables des médicaments? (How can we determine the causes of adverse effects of drugs?) La Lettre du Cedim 1998;3(1). 

4.  Ahlquist‐Rastad J, et al. Judging the therapeutic value of drugs: a comparison between la revue Prescrire and Information fran Läkemedelsverket, the bulletin of the Swedish Medical Products Agency. International Journal of Risk & Safety in Medicines 2004;16:83‐90. 

5.  Commissioning  and  writing.  In:  How  to  produce  a  newsletter.  Rev.  ed.  London:  Healthlink Worldwide;  1998.  (Out  of  print,  but  a  scanned  version  is  available  at: http://mednet2.who.int/DrugBulletinProject/). 

 6.  Reading between the lines of clinical trials‐I: design. Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin 1985;23:1‐4 

and “II: analysis” Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin 1985;23:5‐8. 

7.  Greenhalgh T. How to read a paper. The basics of evidence based medicine. London: BMJ Publishing Group; 1997.  

Page 72: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 56

 

Page 73: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  57

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

8.1 Introduction

Of  the many  new  drug  treatments  that  appear  on  the market  each  year  (including  new chemical entities, new licensed uses for existing drugs, and new formulations or methods of administration  of  existing drugs),  only  a  few  offer  a  real  benefit  to patients  over  existing treatments.1,2  Promotional  claims  for  these  new  products  can make  it  difficult  for  health professionals  to distinguish  those  that offer  real benefits  from  those  that  are no better, or sometimes  worse,  than  what  is  already  available.  By  publishing  reviews  of  new  drugs, bulletins have an  important role  in helping  their readers recognise  the products  that really are an advance and which deserve to be included in the list of drugs they use.   This chapter outlines  the principles of how  to evaluate a new drug. It  is mainly for editors from established bulletins  looking  to develop  their working practices on evaluating drugs that are new in their country. See Chapter 7 for the more general aspects of planning, writing and editing an article.   Many independent bulletins publish their own evaluation of new medicines. It is a task that demands significant and specialised resources,  including the ability to access relevant data, and editors skilled in critically appraising the data. Because of the time and energy involved in  reviewing  a new drug, bulletin  editors  could  think of  collaborating with  each other or sharing information, rather than different groups repeating the same work again and again. Even if a bulletin reuses the evaluation of another, there is still a need to take account of local circumstances  (e.g.  local  spectrum of morbidity  and mortality,  inter‐racial variation  in  the activity  of  metabolising  enzymes,  availability  of  services,  local  cost,  etc.)  in  making  a recommendation about the value of a drug (see Section 8.5.1 of this chapter for more about this).   Some  bulletins  have  become  experienced  and  expert  at  certain  aspects  of  evaluation.  For example, the group producing the Japanese bulletins Informed Prescriber and Kusuri‐no‐Check routinely appraise preclinical and animal data in their evaluations, in particular looking for signals of harm associated with long‐term use of drugs. This particular aspect is dealt with in the annexe to this chapter. 

Page 74: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 58

8.2 When is a new treatment a therapeutic advance?

Before substituting an existing standard  treatment with a new drug, prescribers need  to be sure that the new treatment has advantages over what is already available. To be considered an advance when compared with existing treatment(s),2 a new treatment should have:  • better efficacy, and/or • fewer or less severe adverse effects, and/or • safer or more convenient administration.  Therapeutic advance  should not be  seen  in  isolation. When  reviewing a new drug,  cost  is obviously  an  important  consideration,  although  it has no bearing  on whether  a drug  is  a therapeutic  advance.  Section  8.6  of  this  chapter  discusses  how  cost  is  considered  in  the evaluation. 

Questions to ask about the new drug

At the start of a review of a new treatment, there are three main questions to consider:  1. Is  treatment  really  necessary  for  the  patient?  That  is,  does  the  drug  improve  the 

appropriate outcome(s) in the targeted population, and is it relevant to the health of your country’s population? There  is usually  little or no available evidence  from  randomised controlled trials that have used appropriate outcome measures with which to answer the question (see Boxes 8.1 and 8.2 and Section 8.4 for a discussion of hierarchy of outcome measures  and  evidence).  However,  non‐randomised  studies,  such  as  observational follow‐up studies, with mortality as  the outcome measure may be available and can be useful.  For  example,  serum  cholesterol  concentrations  of  6.21‐6.71 mmol/L, which  are considered  high  in western  countries,  occur  in  the  healthiest  people with  the  lowest mortality and  living a normal  life  in  Japan, and so  it  follows  that  in  Japan such people should never be regarded as ‘patients’ with hyperlipidaemia needing treatment.3  

2. If a treatment is necessary, is there an effective non‐drug treatment? 

3. If drug treatment is needed, what are the standard, or already available, drug treatments?   The next step will be to examine whether the new treatment is more effective, safer or more convenient to administer than what is already available. 

8.3 Collecting evidence about the drug

8.3.1 Where to find evidence on new drugs?

The main sources of information about new drugs are:  • ISDB member  bulletins.  It  is worth  finding  out  if  an  independent  drug  bulletin  has 

reviewed  the drug already. This may  save you  some work. You  can do  this by asking bulletin editors via the ISDB electronic network (see http://www.isdbweb.org).  

Page 75: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  59

• The  pharmaceutical  company.  Write  to  the  medical  director  of  the  company  that markets the product to ask for all the preclinical and clinical trial data. You may not get what you requested, but among the  information supplied you may find  important data indicating  negative  aspects  of  the  product,  such  as  no  efficacy  and/or  potential  or substantial evidence of harm.  

 It can be  interesting  to see how  the medicine  is being promoted. If asked,  the company might  send  copies  of  adverts  and  other  promotional  material  (such  as  detail  aids, mailers).  You  can  also  find  evidence  on  how  the  drug  is  being  promoted  in  adverts published  in professional  journals,  in  the  lay press, on  the company’s web site, and by collecting material sent directly to health professionals. You should critically appraise the evidence on efficacy and harm, compare the results with what the company  is claiming and  discuss  your  findings  in  your  article.  (Examples  of  how  bulletins  can  deal with misleading  promotional  claims  include    Is  Yasmin  a  truly  different  pill?  Drug  and Therapeutics Bulletin 2002:40:57‐9;   Yasmin advert withdrawn – why and how. Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin 2003;41:17‐18). 

• Regulatory authority web sites, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Japanese Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Agency (PMDA), and European Medicines Agency web sites  (see  the appendix at  the end of  the manual  for addresses). Although useful, materials on these sites are usually summaries of the original full data submitted to  the  regulatory  authority  by  the  company  that may  exclude  (perhaps  intentionally) important findings: for example tacrolimus ointment (see Section 8An‐3.5  in the annexe at the end of this chapter).  

• Web sites of authoritative drug evaluation organizations, including the UK Committee on  Safety  of  Medicines,  UK  National  Institute  for  Clinical  Excellence,  etc.  (see  the appendix at the end of the manual for addresses). 

• Databases  of  published  information,  e.g.  PubMed. You  should  always do  your  own search to check for missing data (see Chapter 7 for a list of general sources to search).  

8.3.2 What about using unpublished information?

There may be little or no published clinical trial data available when a drug is new. There is a variation  in  opinion  among drug  bulletin  editors  on  the  use  of  unpublished  information, such as company data on  file, and  incomplete  information, such as  that published only as abstracts.  Reasons  for  avoiding  unpublished  information  are  that  it  has  not  been  peer‐reviewed,  and  cannot  be  independently  assessed  by  the  bulletin’s  readers. However,  this approach may miss important parts of the picture, because studies with positive results are more  likely  to  be published  than  those with  negative  results  (i.e.  no  efficacy  and/or with more serious adverse effects).4 Whatever the policy of your bulletin, it is important that it is transparent so that your readers know the basis of the advice. Some bulletins give a precise description of the documents they used in preparing an article and how they obtained them. This  is useful for the bulletin’s readers, and also to show those who may disagree with the recommendations of the article that the article is robust.  

Page 76: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 60

8.4 Evaluation in terms of efficacy, harm and convenience

8.4.1 Efficacy

Efficacy describes  to what  extent  a drug  achieves  its  intended  effect  (e.g.  longer  survival, reduced morbidity, pain relief, contraception).  1. Strength of the evidence

The  strength of  the  evidence must be  assessed by  looking  at  the primary outcome measures  used  in  the  trials  and  at  other  aspects  of  the  design  of  the  study.  The outcome measures and  the design and  conduct of  randomised  controlled  trials are often  inadequate, and  lead  to unreliable or  irrelevant conclusions. Therefore careful appraisal of trial reports is needed to assess the reliability of the trial results.  When evaluating a treatment for a disease from which patients die, the most obvious and measurable outcome is whether the treatment improves survival. However, even when ‘survival’ is the most appropriate primary endpoint, very often in clinical trials a  surrogate  endpoint,  such  as  transient  symptomatic  relief  and/or  improvement  of certain laboratory tests, is used instead. The reason for this is that it allows trials to be shorter or to require the inclusion of fewer patients.  Another  problem  is  the  use  of  combined  endpoints  (e.g.  definite  myocardial infarction  (MI)  and  death  from  MI  (cause‐specific  morbidity  and  mortality)).  A combined  endpoint may miss  important  effects  of  treatment  that  actually  shorten overall survival and/or lead to other serious complications.5 The primary endpoint of real  interest  for  patients  is  death  from  all  causes, with  all  serious  events,  such  as cancer,  included  in  the  endpoint.  Box  8.1  shows  a  hierarchy  of  endpoints.  The hierarchy  is  from  the  US  National  Cancer  Institute  and  relates  to  evaluation  of treatments  for  cancer, but  it  can be adapted  to other  therapeutic areas  too. Box 8.2 shows a hierarchy of study design.  These  hierarchies  do  not  include  non‐clinical  evidence,  which  should  also  be considered  in  an  evaluation  –  e.g.  pharmacokinetic  studies,  dose‐ranging  studies, studies in healthy volunteers, toxicology (see Box 8.1 and the annexe at the end of this chapter).  

 

Page 77: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  61

Box 8.1 Strength of endpoints (ranked in descending order)

A. Total mortality (or overall survival from a defined point in time) Comment: This outcome is arguably the most important one to patients and is also the most easily defined and least subject to investigator bias.

B-1. Cause-specific mortality (or cause-specific mortality from a defined point in time) Comment: Although this may be the most biologically important in a disease-specific intervention, it is a more subjective endpoint than total mortality and more subject to investigator bias in its determination. It may also miss important effects of therapy that actually shorten overall survival. For example, oestrogens in the treatment of prostate cancer.

B-2 Cause-specific morbidity alone or in combination with B-1 (*a) Comment: It is also a more subjective endpoint than total mortality and more subject to investigator bias in its determination. It may also miss important harm induced by therapy that may actually shorten overall survival and/or quality of life.

C. Carefully assessed quality of life (i.e. assessed independently of other indicators of activity in daily life) (*b).

D. Indirect surrogates

1) Disease-free survival 2) Progression-free survival 3) Tumour response rate 4) Scales and other measures that are not clinically validated in the specific clinical

condition or population (*a).

Source:   Based on a hierarchy from the US National Cancer Institute web site at: (http://www.cancer.gov/cancertopics/pdq/levels‐evidence‐adult‐treatment/) 

*a:   Added by the manual’s editors, to make more applicable to other diseases and interventions. *b:   If “carefully assessed quality of life” is combined with overall survival, the combined endpoint could be 

classified as A‐2.   

Box 8.2 Hierarchy of study design

1a. Systematic review (with homogeneity) of randomised controlled trials or single large-scale randomised controlled trial (mega-trial). 1b. At least a single randomised controlled trial. 2. Systematic review of cohort studies or non-randomised controlled trials. 3. Systematic review of case-control studies. 4. Case series (includes poor quality cohort and case-control studies) (*a). 5. Expert opinion without explicit critical appraisal.

Source:   Based on a hierarchy from Levels of Evidence and Grades of Recommendation by Centre for Evidence‐

Based Medicine, Institute of Health Sciences, Oxford, UK. [http://www.cebm.net/levels_of_evidence.asp#notes] 

*a:   All or none case‐series (i.e. when all patients died before the treatment became available, but some now survive on it; or when some patients died before treatment became available, but none now die on it, are classified as 1c).  

Page 78: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 62

2. How reliable is the evidence?

It is helpful to use a checklist of strength of endpoints (e.g. as in Box 8.1) and of other design  features  to  look out  for when appraising a  clinical  trial. A  simple validated scale such as the JADAD6 scale is very easy for beginners to use for assessing quality of clinical trials (note: this was originally developed as an instrument for assessing a large number  of  clinical  trials  for  systematic  reviews  and/or  surveys,  such  as  time trends of quality of clinical trials). It involves asking five questions when assessing a clinical trial:   1. Is the study randomised?  2. Is the study double blinded?  3. Is there a description of withdrawals?  4. Is the randomisation adequately described?  5. Is the blindness adequately described?   A  positive  answer  to  any  question  scores  1  point.  Good  quality  randomised controlled trials score 3 points or more.  Other  tools  are  the  CONSORT  statement7  (for  clinical  trials)  and  QUORUM statement8  (for  systematic  reviews),  which  set  out  standards  for  the  reporting  of clinical trials and systematic reviews. The UK “Critical Appraisal Skills Programme” (CASP)  has  tools  for  appraising  various  types  of  study  on  its  web  site [http://www.phru.nhs.uk/casp/casp.htm]. 

3. Are other key aspects of the design of the trial appropriate and relevant?

Is the test treatment and/or comparator appropriate? Occasionally, wrong  comparators  are  used.  Examples  include  comparing  the  new drug with a non‐standard treatment, with a standard treatment at suboptimal dose or at  too  high  a  dose  inducing  more  adverse  effects,  or  with  placebo  when  an established treatment already exists. Another important consideration is whether the new drug used  in  the  trials  is exactly  the same as  the one  finally marketed:  i.e.  the same pharmaceutical form, with the same excipients, same administration route, etc. This might have an influence on adherence to treatment, or on adverse effects, etc. 

 Is the study population and/or context appropriate? Study  populations  and/or  contexts  often  do  not  represent  those  where  the  new treatment would  be  applied.  For  example,  evidence  of  efficacy  of  oseltamivir  for influenza prevention  is very  limited  in people at high  risk  (e.g. because of old age, chronic  obstructive  respiratory  disease,  cardiovascular  disease  and  diabetes).9 Nevertheless,  it  is  licensed  for  influenza  prevention  in  these  populations  in many countries.  

 Is the trial duration appropriate? Therapies for chronic conditions need  long‐term studies. Check  the appropriateness of the trial duration according to the purpose of the trial. Studies lasting two or three months are not sufficient to draw reliable conclusions about the benefit or harm from drugs used for  life‐long  therapy  (e.g. antihypertensive or  lipid‐lowering drugs). For example, it may be many years before it becomes apparent that a drug causes cancer. 

Page 79: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  63

Is the statistical test appropriate for the purpose of the study? Comparative  trials are often designed  to prove only  that  the new drug  is no  less or only as effective as a standard treatment (non‐inferiority or equivalence trials). These do not help in determining if the new drug is an advance over existing therapy. Sadly, these represent a large proportion of industry‐sponsored clinical trials. A superiority test is usually reserved for trials in which the new drug is tested against placebo.  

4. Could there be bias in the trial?

Consider carefully whether bias could have been introduced. It is fairly easy to check for bias: 

 • at  the  start  of  the  trial,  by  looking  for  differences  between  the  baseline 

characteristics of the groups. But be careful, because the p values for differences in key baseline data  are  sometimes  close  to or  even  less  than  0.05, but  authors may still claim “no difference in baseline characteristics” and make no adjustment in analysing the results.  

• during the trial the most important thing to check is whether the trial report takes account of patients who have dropped out of  the  trial due  to adverse reactions. This influences both the comparability of groups and the results.  

• at  the  end  of  the  trial  the most  important  check  on  bias  occurring  is whether measurement  of  outcome  has  been manipulated,  particularly  when  subjective outcome measures are used.10  

5. Interpretation of results

You should  look carefully at  the authors’  interpretation of  the result. Authors often misinterpret  results  especially  when  they  have  conflicting  interests.  Look  at  the statistical  tests,  the  level of significance, confidence  intervals, p value and statistical power  for  the  efficacy  analysis. When  analysing  harm,  look  carefully  for  signs  of harm from adverse events, including whether any adverse reaction is misclassified as a non‐drug related adverse event (see Section 8.4.2 and the annexe at the end of this chapter for a further discussion of evaluation of harm). Secondary outcome measures of  cause‐specific  morbidity  may  only  be  listed  as  adverse  events  when  the intervention induced more morbidities.  

 Be  aware  that  authors might  present  interpretations  of  results without  giving  the reason  or  a  citation  to  validate  their  conclusions.  For  instance,  the  authors  of  the VIGOR  study of  rofecoxib  (two employees and 11 paid consultants of  the  sponsor) wrote  that  the  comparator  naproxen was  cardioprotective.11  By  claiming  this  they tried  to  hide  the  cardiotoxicity  of  rofecoxib.12 Headings  and  abstracts  which  are routinely  reproduced  in  databases  like  PubMed  may  be  misleading  and  not supported by the data of the article.13 So never draw any conclusion without having read the complete original article.  

6. Do the investigators have any conflicting interests?

You  should  look  at  the  declaration  of  interests.  Is  the  publication  written  by employees of a pharmaceutical  company and/or by paid  consultants or by authors who declare that there are no conflicting interests? Conflicts of interests of the authors 

Page 80: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 64

could be  the  reason  for  interpretations of  the  results which  cannot  (completely) be understood from the data presented.   Box 8.3 summarises the areas that need to be checked when appraising the evidence. You  should write about  the deficiencies  in  the  trials  in your article,  for example,  if you find no data on overall survival related to the intervention, you should state this clearly  in your assessment. However, be aware  that with  increasingly sophisticated manipulation of data (especially in trials sponsored by pharmaceutical companies), it may not be possible to uncover all the faults in a clinical trial.14  

 Box 8.3 Summary of what to check when appraising a clinical trial

 

1. What was the purpose of the study?

• Is treatment necessary? (See Section 8.2.1 and Box 8.1). • Is the outcome measure appropriate and relevant? (See Box 8.1). • Is an effective treatment already available?

2. How strong is the study design? (see Box 8.2)

3. Are the other key design elements of the trial appropriate and relevant?

• Is the test treatment and/or comparator appropriate? • Is the study population and/or context appropriate? • Is the trial duration appropriate? • Which is appropriate: superiority, equivalence, or non-inferiority test?

4. Is bias in the study possible?

• at start of trial: method of randomisation; comparability of groups (difference in baseline data)

• during and at the end of trial: masking (blinding); patients who withdrew from the study, e.g. as a result of adverse reactions?

• at the end of trial: measurement of outcome – consider whether it could have been manipulated, e.g. particularly when subjective outcome measures are used.

5. Are there factors that might lead to misinterpretation of results?

• intention-to-treat analysis (ITT): was an ITT analysis planned at the outset and were the results analysed on the basis of ITT?

• efficacy analysis: statistical test, level of significance, confidence intervals, p value, statistical power,

• harm analysis: have any adverse effects been misclassified as adverse events (i.e. as unrelated to the drug treatment)?

6. Do the investigators have any conflicting interests?

8.4.2 Adverse effects/harms

New drugs are generally approved on  the basis of efficacy studies with adverse outcomes considered  as  a  secondary  issue. However,  adverse  effects/harms  are  just  as  important  a consideration  as  efficacy. See Section  8An‐1  in  the  annexe  at  the  end of  this  chapter  for  a discussion of the use of the word harm in preference to risk.  It  should be  remembered  that much of  the data mentioned  in Box 8.4 will not be publicly available when  the drug  is new. You  should  ask  the pharmaceutical  company  to provide them. 

Page 81: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  65

Trials of efficacy usually  involve hundreds of patients, and so a rare serious adverse effect, affecting say 1 in 500 patients taking a drug, is unlikely to show up in the initial trials. Ideally, information from as many of the sources listed in Box 8.4 as possible is needed to ascertain the full risk of harm from a drug. However, much important information will not be known when a drug is new, so it is reasonable to be cautious, and make an allowance for unknown harms.  Remember, the safety of a new drug cannot be known with certainty until it has been on the market for many years.15,16   For this reason new drugs need to be re‐evaluated from time to time. As more information becomes available over time it becomes possible to use data from the various sources to ascertain the risk of harm. Watch out for any signals suggesting harm, by analysing as many data as possible, (even single case reports) from the sources  listed  in Box 8.4. To read more about assessing  the  risk of harm,  including assessing causation and using  animal data,  and  examples of  the  experience of  the  Japanese bulletins, The  Informed Prescriber and Kusuri‐no‐Check [http://npojip.org], see the annexe at the end of this chapter.   

Box 8.4: Data needed for full evaluation of risk of harm

1) Preclinical data (see Section 8An-3) • chemical characteristics, including similarities in structure to drugs that have

caused serious harm (see Section 8An-3.2) • pharmacological tests (general, efficacy, safety) • toxicity tests (acute/single, subacute-chronic/repeat, carcinogenicity, genotoxicity,

reproduction toxicity) • pharmacokinetic data on absorption, distribution, metabolism and elimination

(ADME), especially on area under the curve (AUC), Cmax, t½ of the active ingredients and metabolites. Is the drug eliminated via the liver or kidney or other routes?

2) Clinical data

• pharmacokinetic data on ADME, especially on AUC, Cmax, t½ of the active ingredients in humans and metabolites if necessary: Phase I studies

• dose-response data • Phase II studies (small, preliminary efficacy and safety and dose finding or

bridging trials) • Phase III studies (larger, randomised controlled trials).

3) Post-marketing large-scale randomised controlled trials or comparative study for long-

term efficacy and safety (Phase IV). 4) Post-marketing pharmacovigilance data (post-marketing surveillance). 5) Large scale long-term epidemiological observational mortality data. 6) Epidemiological studies (ecological, case-control, cohort studies), to provide a clear

picture of safety profiles, including interactions and safety in at-risk groups (such as elderly people, children, pregnant women and patients with renal failure).

7) Systematic reviews or meta-analysis of those studies above. 8) Case report(s) including legal cases (law reports, evidence given in court) and reports

sent to adverse drug reaction monitoring centres.

Page 82: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 66

8.4.3 Convenience

A product that  is easier to use can have a benefit for patients. For example, smaller tablets, fewer daily doses, oral instead of subcutaneous administration, or shorter treatment duration could increase the likelihood of patients adhering to the treatment regimen. There might be benefits  for  the health  service  if a new product  is easier  to administer  (e.g. oral  instead of intravenous,  thus  saving  staff  time  and  reducing  use  of  equipment)  or  safer  (e.g.  a preparation  of  a  cytotoxic  drug  that  does  not  need  reconstituting  before  administration). Other  aspects  to  consider  are  storage  requirements  (especially  in  warmer  climates),  the quality,  safety  and  ease  of  handling  of  the  packaging,  and  risk  of  errors  due  to  similar packaging  for  different  drugs  or  dosages.  For  examples  of  packaging  evaluation,  see  the French  bulletin  la  revue  Prescrire  and  the  English  language  edition,  Prescrire  International (Prescrire Editorial Staff. Drug packaging quality: neglected by regulatory agencies. Prescrire Int  2005;14(77):114.  Also  Prescrire  Editorial  Staff  ʺ  2004  Packaging  awardsʺ  Prescrire  Int 2005;14(76):66.), and patient information leaflets (risk of medication errors due to inadequate, non‐understandable, non‐updated information).   However, bear  in mind  that easier use may come at a price:  fewer daily doses mean  long absorption  and/or  elimination  half‐life.  Consequently  in  some  patients  the  blood concentration of  the drug may  increase due  to  accumulation,  and high  levels may persist even  after  the  drug  is  stopped  –  leading  to  serious  adverse  reactions.  For  example,  toxic epidermal  necrolysis  can  be  caused  by  various  drugs;  seizures  can  be  induced  by  slow‐release theophylline. In general, easier use can be a net disadvantage if the harm/benefit ratio of the medicine for patients increases.  

8.5 Judging the overall value of the drug

Each of  the three criteria above cannot be considered  in  isolation. You will need  to make a judgement about the net benefit from the new drug in the context of existing treatments. For example,  a  small  increase  in  efficacy  compared with  the  standard  treatment may  not  be acceptable  if  the new drug also has a worse adverse effect profile; a new drug might seem safer, but only because there is less experience with it or perhaps because it is being used at a lower (and so less effective dose) than alternatives (see Box 8.5 for examples); the new drug might have a different safety profile (e.g. because it is excreted by the kidney rather the liver, or  is  involved  in different  kinds  of  interactions),  and  so  it might  be  considered  useful  in certain well‐defined circumstances.   

Page 83: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  67

Box 8.5. Judging the net benefit from a new drug

Example 1. Apparently safer, but also less effective In a short-term clinical trial, etodolac (a nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug first marketed in 1986 in the UK), was reported to cause less damage to the stomach than naproxen. But later the UK Drug Safety Research Unit (DSRU), using a Prescription-Event Monitoring system, rated etodolac effective in only 56% of 9109 patients. The DSRU concluded that the average daily dose of etodolac (400mg) was too low to be effective.17 Example 2. Trading in one type of adverse effect for another Coxibs seem possibly less likely than conventional nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) to cause dyspeptic-type symptoms and are associated with fewer endoscopically visible gastroduodenal ulcers or erosions. Epidemiological data also suggest a lower likelihood of upper gastrointestinal bleeding with celecoxib than with conventional NSAIDs. However, long-term outcome studies have not demonstrated a significant reduction in major ulcer complications (such as bleeding or perforation) with celecoxib compared with commonly used NSAIDs. An important unexpected finding of the VIGOR study was a significantly higher incidence of myocardial infarction with rofecoxib than with naproxen. Also, as experience with the recently withdrawn rofecoxib has demonstrated, there may be a 'trade-off' between better gastrointestinal tolerability with coxibs and a possible increase in the risk of serious cardiovascular events. Source: Taking stock of coxibs. Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin 2005;43:1-6.

8.5.1 Considering the new drug in the local and individual context

Randomised controlled trials usually assess efficacy, i.e. the effects of a treatment when used under  controlled  conditions  (e.g.  in  a  precisely  defined  population  of  patients  who  are closely monitored). Therefore,  care  is needed  in extrapolating  research  results  to  countries where cultures, races, etc. may differ.  It  is crucial  to consider  the value of  the new drug  in terms  of  the  population  and  health  system  of  your  own  country.  For  example,  the effectiveness  of  a  specific  intervention may  vary,  depending  on  factors  such  as  age,  co‐morbidities, pregnancy, culture, race, and also on economic and other factors (e.g. facilities for diagnosis, storage etc.).   The following are factors to consider:  • The width of the safety margin (i.e. the difference between toxic range and therapeutic 

range) of the drug. For example, the safety margins of digoxin and theophylline are both narrow, and the toxic effects are sometimes serious and can result in death. Use of these drugs  (e.g.  aminophylline  for  severe  asthma)  requires  close  monitoring,  including perhaps measurement of  the  serum  concentration of  the drug. But  if  therapeutic drug monitoring  cannot  be  easily  done  in  your  country  because  of  the  costs  or  lack  of resources, these drugs cannot be safely used, especially in infants aged less than one year, even in status asthmaticus.  

• Inter‐racial  variation  in  the  activity  of  metabolizing  enzymes.  The  isoenzyme cytochrome P450 (CYP) 2D6 is involved in the metabolism of several important groups of drugs,  including  antiarrhythmics,  antidepressants  and neuroleptics.  Some people have CYP 2D6 isoenzymes with decreased or absent activity and so have reduced capacity to   

Page 84: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 68

metabolise  drugs  that  are  substrates  for  this  enzyme,  leading  to  their  accumulation during  therapy and an  increased  risk of unwanted effects. For example, around 7% of Caucasians, but only 1% of Asians are poor metabolisers of  the antihypertensive drug debrisoquine.18 

• Inter‐racial variation in the spectrum of susceptibility to diseases and responsiveness to  treatment.  Between  20‐25%  of  Caucasian  people  die  from  ischaemic  heart  disease (IHD), compared with only 7% of Japanese people. Consequently, even if the efficacy of some  statins were  proven  in  Caucasian  people,  the  evidence may  not  be  relevant  to Japanese people and this may be the same for people living in developing countries.  

• Inter‐individual variation in response to the drug. The activities of the cytochrome P450 enzymes can also differ between individuals: e.g. the activity of isoenzyme CYP3A4 can vary up to 40‐fold between  individuals. As many drugs are metabolised mainly by this enzyme, the enzyme’s activity can affect an individual’s response to a drug.  

• Whether the development of serious adverse reactions can be predicted, prevented or detected. The optimal dose of a drug which  is eliminated entirely  through  the kidneys can be calculated according to the patient’s renal function and monitored by therapeutic drug  monitoring  if  possible  and  if  necessary.  However,  poor  metabolisers  of  major cytochrome  P450  enzyme  subtypes,  who  are  therefore  at  risk  of  high  plasma concentrations of the drugs, cannot be identified before the drug is started. 

• Whether developed  serious  adverse  reactions  should be  controlled or  treated. Many adverse reactions are difficult to control once they occur, e.g. torsade de pointes, cerebral or intra‐meningeal haemorrhage, stroke, pulmonary embolism, neuropathy and/or nerve injuries.  These  adverse  reactions  must  be  considered  serious  even  though  they  are relatively  uncommon.  In  this  context,  if  a  drug  induces  some mild  adverse  reactions preceding  these  serious  and  irreversible  reactions,  such  a  drug  should  be  preferred. Although  extrapyramidal  symptoms  such  as dystonia,  akathisia  and parkinsonism  are not  trivial  effects,  they  are  less  serious  and  easier  to  control  than  torsade  de  pointes. Sedation  is  an  inconvenient  adverse  effect  accompanying  the  treatment  of urticaria  or allergic  rhinitis.  But  contrast  this  with  the  use  of  high  doses  of  the  non‐sedating antihistamine  terfenadine  to avoid  sleepiness which  incurs a  risk of hazardous  cardiac arrhythmias. 

8.5.2 Overall rating scales

Some bulletins use a rating scale, with a picture or shorthand phrase to indicate the overall judgement on a new drug. See Boxes 8.6 and 8.7 for examples.  

Box 8.6 Rating scale for new products used by la revue Prescrire, France

Bravo A real advance

Offers an advantage Possibly helpful

Nothing new Not acceptable

Judgement reserved

[http://www.prescrire.org]

 

Page 85: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  69

Box 8.7 Rating scale used by Worst Pills, Best Pills, USA  

Do not use Limited use

Do not use until five years after release

Note that there is no "Use" category per se.

[http://www.worstpills.org/]  

8.6 Cost

8.6.1 Compare costs in the light of true therapeutic value

Cost  is  obviously  an  important  consideration  in deciding whether  to use  a drug.  So  each evaluation should routinely include a price comparison for the new product and the existing alternatives. However,  the  influence  on  the  choice  of  drug  should  come  only when  the clinical value (efficacy, safety and convenience) of the product has been established relative to standard therapies.   In general, new classes of drugs are  far more expensive  than  the  standard classical drugs. There  are  many  examples  of  this:  antihistamines  (sedative  versus  less  sedative);  anti‐depressants (tricyclic versus SSRI), anti‐allergics (inhaled steroid versus leukotriene receptor antagonist),  antihypertensives  (diuretics  versus  angiotensin  receptor  inhibitors).  But  very often,  the  higher  cost  is  not  accompanied  by  any  significant  advantage  in  terms  of therapeutic value. And  there  is always  the possibility  that a new drug  is harmful and  less effective but only more expensive than the standard drugs.   

Figure 8.1 Comparative price per month of antihypertensive drugs (in Japan)                     0 10 20 30 40 50 60

hydrochlorothiazide 25 mg brand

atenolol 50 mg brand

atenolol 50 mg generic

enalapril 5 mg brand

enalapril 5 mg generic

amlodipine 5 mg

losartan 50 mg

Antihypertensive drugs

Dollar or Euro

Euro/MDollar/M

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

hydrochlorothiazide 25 mg brand

atenolol 50 mg brand

atenolol 50 mg generic

enalapril 5 mg brand

enalapril 5 mg generic

amlodipine 5 mg

losartan 50 mg

Antihypertensive drugs

Dollar or Euro

Euro/MDollar/M

Page 86: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 70

When  several  new  drugs  from  the  same  class  (e.g.  less‐sedative  antihistamines,  statins, leukotriene receptor antagonists, angiotensin receptor inhibitors) become available (so‐called ‘me‐toos’),  it  is often  the  case  that  there  is  little difference between  the drugs  in  the  same chemical group.  Costs comparisons can be shown in various ways. Illustrated below are examples of the use of bar charts (Figures 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3) and a table (Table 8.1). 

8.6.2 Comparisons should be appropriate and practical

Price comparisons should be based on the usual daily dose (or other appropriate dose), the appropriate pack size and should include at least one comparator drug (standard therapy, if available,  and/or  the drug(s) which has been  compared with  the new drug  in  the  clinical trials. The price comparison should also cover an appropriate period of  time –  for  instance one month for drugs which are taken long term. Antibiotics can be compared on the basis of the usual  lengths  of  a  course  of  treatment. Comparisons on  a price‐per‐day basis may be misleading.   

Case study: Dialogo sui Farmaci, Italy

When a new drug is launched that is a ‘me-too’ drug, the Italian bulletin Dialogo sui Farmaci compares the cost of the drug with other drugs in the same class, e.g. rosuvastatin versus other statins (see Figure 8.2). If instead, the new drug belongs to a new class (e.g. teriparatide for osteoporosis), the cost is compared with that of the drugs and doses used in the clinical trials of efficacy (see Figure 8.3). If the drug has been only tested against placebo, the reference drugs are those considered as first-line or standard therapy for such a condition. Contributed by Maria Font, Dialogo sui Farmaci, Italy [http://www.dialogosuifarmaci.it].

 Source: Dialogo sui Farmaci, Italy. 

 Figure 8.2 Cost comparison among "me-too" drugs

statins: 28 day treatment cost  

Source: Dialogo sui Farmaci, Italy.  

€ 26.04

€ 33.60

€ 37.24

€ 39.83

€ 33.60

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

fluvastatin 40 mg

atorvastatin 10 mg

pravastatin 20 mg

simvastatin 15 mg

rosuvastatin 10 mg

(€)

€ 26.04

€ 33.60

€ 37.24

€ 39.83

€ 33.60

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

fluvastatin 40 mg

atorvastatin 10 mg

pravastatin 20 mg

simvastatin 15 mg

rosuvastatin 10 mg

(€)

Page 87: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  71

Figure 8.3 Cost comparison between new and standard drugs teriparatide and bisphosphonates: cost of 28 days' treatment

 

Source: Dialogo sui Farmaci, Italy.  

Table 8.1 Approximate drug cost of 1 year's treatment in the UK*  

Statin Licensed daily dosage Cost atorvastatin 10–80 mg £246–£613 cerivastatin** 100–400 µg £169–£226 fluvastatin 20–80 mg £166–£209 pravastatin 10–40 mg £211–£387 simvastatin 10–80 mg £235–£387 * Costs calculated from Drug Tariff and Chemist & Druggist prices, where available. **Cerivastatin was withdrawn from the market worldwide in 2001 The drug costs of treatment for intermediate dosages of statins (e.g. atorvastatin or simvastatin) may be greater than for maximum dosages.  

Source: Statin therapy – what now? Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin 2001; 39:17‐21. 

8.6.3 Bear in mind additional costs for using drugs

Bear in mind that the price charged by the company is only part of the total cost of using a drug.  For  instance,  using  the  drug may  involve  use  of  equipment  (e.g.  for  intravenous administration).  Also,  prescribing,  dispensing,  administering  and  monitoring  of  the treatment will  involve  the  time  of  the  doctor,  pharmacist,  nurse,  laboratory  staff  and  the patient. Sometimes these associated costs are considerable. 

8.7 What patients need to know

Information for health professionals often only deals with what the health professional needs to know. It can be helpful to think about what the patient will want and need to know about the  treatment, and  to  include  this  in a  section of your article. For drug bulletins aimed at patients or the public, information for patients is essential. It might be valuable to prepare a model patient information leaflet for the drug that health professionals can give to patients. In  some  countries,  including  those  in  the European Union, pharmaceutical  companies  are required by  law  to  include  a patient  information  leaflet  in  the drug packaging. However, these are often too long and/or stereotyped, and include too much unimportant information that conceals the really important information.  

€ 40.26

€ 37.42

€ 600.75

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

alendronic acid os 10 mg/day

risedronic acid os 5 mg/day

teriparatide sc 20 mcg/day

ther

apeu

tic

alter

nat

ives

(€)

€ 40.26

€ 37.42

€ 600.75

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

alendronic acid os 10 mg/day

risedronic acid os 5 mg/day

teriparatide sc 20 mcg/day

ther

apeu

tic

alter

nat

ives

(€)

Page 88: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 72

Information  and  instructions  for  patients  should  be well  balanced  and  explain  the  likely benefits and harms with short‐term and  long‐term use of  the drug.  Information should be given on  the  individual adverse reactions  (including  the symptoms  the patients  is  likely  to experience as a result of  the adverse reactions), when and how  to stop  taking  the drug, or how to modify the dose according to the relief of symptoms or the development of new signs and symptoms.   

Box 8.9 Examples of information for patients   

Worst Pills, Best Pills (Public Citizen Health Research Group) [http://www.citizen.org/] Treatment Notes [http://www.dtb.org.uk/dtb/tnotes/titles.htm] Kusuri-no-Check [http://www.npojip.org/english/check-up1/check-up03.htm] United States Pharmacopeia-DI (Advice for the Patient) - searchable via Medline Plus [http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/druginformation.html] DIPEx [http://www.dipex.org] The Australian National Prescribing Service has links to consumer-friendly resources [http://www.nps.org.au]

 

Page 89: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

8. Reviewing a new drug: is it a therapeutic advance?

 

  73

8.8 References

1.  Prescrire editorial group. A review of new drugs in 2004. Prescrire International 2005;14:68‐78. First published in French in la revue Prescrire 2005;25:139‐48.  

2.  International Society of Drug Bulletins. ISDB Declaration on Therapeutic Advance in the Use of Medicines (in English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish) 2001. Available at: http://www.isdbweb.org 

3.  Kusuri‐no‐Check. Available at: http://www.npojip.org/english/sasahi/20010714.htm 

4.  Melander H, Ahlqvist‐Rastad J, Meijer G, Beermann B. Evidence b(i)ased medicine ‐ selective reporting from studies sponsored by pharmaceutical industry: review of studies in new drug applications. BMJ 2003;326:1171‐3.  

5.  Montori VM, Permanyer‐Miralda G, Ferreira‐González I, et al. Validity of composite end points in clinical trials BMJ 2005;330:594‐6. 

6.  Jadad AR, Moore RA, Carroll D, et al. Assessing the quality of reports of randomized clinical trails: is blinding necessary? Controlled Clinical Trials 1996;17:1‐12. 

7.  Begg C, Cho M, Eastwood S, Horton R, Moher D, Olkin I, Pitkin R, Rennie D, Schulz KF, Simel D, Stroup DF. Improving the quality of reporting of randomized controlled trials. The CONSORT statement. Journal of the American Medical Association 1996;276:637‐9. 

8.  Moher D, Cook DJ, Eastwood S, Olkin I, Rennie D, Stroup DF. Improving the quality of reports of meta‐analyses of randomised controlled trials: the QUOROM statement. Quality of reporting of meta‐analyses. Lancet 1999;354:1896‐900. 

9.  Cooper NJ, Sutton AJ, Abrams KR, Wailoo A, Turner D, Nicholson KG. Effectiveness of neuraminidase inhibitors in treatment and prevention of influenza A and B: systematic review and meta‐analyses of randomised controlled trials. BMJ 2003;326:1235‐40. 

10.  Hayashi K and Hama R. Evaluation of oral anti‐allergic drugs in Japan. Lancet 1996;347: 77.  

11.  Bombadier C, Laine L, Reicin A, et al. Comparison of upper gastrointestinal toxicity of rofecoxib and naproxen in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. VIGOR Study Group. New England Journal of Medicine 2000; 343(21):1520‐8.  

12.  Juni P, Nartey L, Reichenbach S, Sterchi R, Dieppe PA, Egger M. Risk of cardiovascular events and rofecoxib: cumulative meta‐analysis. Lancet 2004;364:2021‐9. 

13.  Kiess W, Raile K, Galler A, Kapellen T. Insulin detemir offers improved glycemic control compared with NPH insulin in people with Type 1 diabetes [letter]. Diabetes Care 2004;27:2567‐8. 

14.  Sackett DL, Oxman AD. HARLOT plc.: an amalgamation of the worldʹs two oldest professions. BMJ 2003;327:1442‐5.  

15.  Lasser KE, Allen PD, Woolhandler SJ, Himmelstein DU, Wolfe S, Bor DH. Timing of new black box warnings and withdrawals for prescription medications. JAMA 2002;287:2215‐20. 

16.  International Society of Drug Bulletins. ISDB EU: Berlin Declaration on Pharmacovigilance. 2005. (in English, French and German). Available at: http:www.isdbweb.org 

17.  Dukes G, Aronson J (eds). Meyler’s side effects of drugs. 14th ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 2000. 

18.  Bertilsson L. Geographical/interracial differences in polymorphic drug oxidation. Current state of knowledge of cytochromes P450 (CYP) 2D6 and 2C19. Clinical Pharmacokinetics 1995;29:192‐209. 

Page 90: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 74

 

Page 91: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Annexe to Chapter 8: Evaluating harm

 

  75

Annexe to Chapter 8: Evaluating harm

8.An-1 Talk about harm, not risk

Health workers need to share their understanding and perceptions of benefits and harms of treatments with patients and their families as fully as possible. When doing so it is important to  remember  that how we personally value particular benefits and harms may well differ from how another person values them. A clinician who recommends an intervention does so believing that its benefits outweigh the harms that it can cause. In most consultations, time is too  short  to  explain  in detail what  these  benefits  and harms  are,  or  to  find  out what  the patient  thinks  about  them. Moreover, most  clinicians  are  not  practised  at  describing  and explaining  benefits  and  harms  clearly  to  patients,  and  often  they  also  lack  important information  about  these  aspects. Very  often  people  use  the word  ʺriskʺ when  they mean ʺharmʺ, and this causes ambiguities and confusion. The widely used expression ʺbenefit/risk ratioʺ is meaningless – no such ratio exists. Before a decision is made to use an intervention, its benefits and harms must be weighed,  ideally by  the  clinician and  the patient  together. Other advantages and disadvantages,  such as convenience and cost, may also be  relevant. This analysis requires use of the same dimensions for considering both benefits and harms. These dimensions are obvious, but have not been generally recognised.  In  this context any benefit or harm has four dimensions:1   1. Its nature, described by its quality, its intensity, and its time course (onset, duration 

and reversibility). 2. The probability that it will occur. 3. Its importance to the person experiencing it. 4. How the benefit can be maximised or the harm prevented or minimised.  The clinician is expected to know or find out about the nature and probability of each benefit and harm, and how to maximise benefits and minimise harms. But only patients can say how they regard the hoped for benefits and the possible harms, though many need help to think clearly about them. Clinicians should identify how much the benefits matter to their patient – for example, are the benefits of taking a medicine or having an operation ʺworth the troubleʺ? –  and whether  a  specific  harm  is particularly  threatening  or would  be  intolerable  to  that particular patient. Peopleʹs fears, wishes and priorities differ greatly and unpredictably. 

8.An-2 Assessment of causation of a harmful effect

A link between a harmful effect and use of a drug should be assessed according to the epidemiological method (see Box 8.10). 

Page 92: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 76

Box 8.10 Criteria for analysing causation

1. Association – any epidemiological association is observed. Bias and confounding factors should be kept in mind.

2. Temporality – cause should precede the effects. Was the epidemiological study properly designed so that the temporality could be proved?

3. Consistency – repeated observation of an association in different populations under different circumstances (different place and different time).

4. Strength – • high odds ratio • high significance level (low p value) or high lower limit of 95% confidence interval

of odds ratio • dose-response relationship.

5. Specificity – for example, thalidomide embryopathy: association is specific. 6. Coherence – coherent with other evidence:

• does not conflict with other clinical evidence • coherent with evidence from laboratory experiments.

Source: Based on criteria published elsewhere.2,3 

 This does not mean that you cannot assess causation from a single clinical case. If you find one or a  few  important  cases of an adverse  reaction  reported  in a  clinical  trial,  search  the medical  literature  (e.g. PubMed, Embase)  for published  case  series and/or epidemiological analytical  study  reports.  If  only  one  or  a  few  case  reports  can  be  found,  these may  be assessed individually with the help of an algorithm (see Box 8.11).  Box 8.11 Example of an algorithm for assessment of adverse drug reactions4

To assess the adverse drug reaction, answer the following questions with a pertinent score (Yes, No, Do not know) Example

1. Are there previous conclusive reports on this reaction? (+1, 0, 0) 0

2. Did the adverse event appear after the suspected drug was administered?

(+2, -1, 0) 2

3. Did the adverse reaction improve when the drug was discontinued or a specific antagonist was administered?

(+1, 0, 0) 0

4. Did the adverse reaction reappear when the drug was readministered?

(+2, -1, 0) 0

5. Are there alternative causes (other than the drug) that could on their own have caused the reaction?

(-1, +2, 0) -1

6. Did the reaction reappear when a placebo was given? (-1, +1, 0) 0 7. Was the drug detected in the blood (or other fluids ) in concentrations known to be toxic?

(+1, 0, 0) 0

8. Was the reaction more severe when the dose was increased, or less severe when the dose decreased?

(+1, 0, 0) 0

9. Did the patient have a similar reaction to the same or similar drugs in any previous exposure?

(+1, 0, 0) 0

10.Was the adverse event confirmed by any objective evidence? (+1, 0, 0) 0 Total score* 1  *   A total score of 9 or more suggests a definite causative link; with a score of 5–8 the link is probable; with 1–4 it is possible.  This algorithm may help when the authors of a clinical trial have concluded that an adverse event  was  not  related  to  the  drug  under  investigation.  Quite  often  adverse  events  that authors  have misclassified  as  unrelated  to  the  treatment  can  be  identified  as  suspected adverse reactions by using this algorithm. If epidemiological analytical data such as a case‐control study suggest a significant relation between an adverse event and a drug, analyse the causation using the criteria listed in Box 8.11. 

Page 93: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Annexe to Chapter 8: Evaluating harm

 

  77

For  example,  in  clinical  trials of  the  antidiabetic  agent pioglitazone,  cardiovascular  events such  as  myocardial  infarction,  severe  palpitation  necessitating  hospital  admission  and ischaemic strokes were sometimes reported, but  investigators often classified  them as non‐related  events.5  According  to  the  algorithm  they  should  be  classified  as  ‘possible’  even though  some  cause other  than  the drug  could have  led  to  the  reaction. Moreover,  animal data for pioglitazone show dose‐dependent cardiac toxicity with a similar toxicity profile to that  seen  in  clinical  trials. These  findings  suggest  a  strong  link between  the drug  and  the adverse effect and  thus  the cardiovascular events could be classified as  ‘probable’ adverse reactions to pioglitazone.  Suicidal  events  in  the  clinical  trials  of  SSRI  antidepressant  drugs  are  another  notorious example.6  They should be classified at least as ‘possibly related’ for the same reason.  

8.An-3 Assessing coherence with preclinical data

8.An-3.1 General principles

If you want to assess whether or not any adverse events observed in the clinical trials and/or in practice are related to the treatment, not only other clinical data but also preclinical data can help greatly with assessing causality of the events.   It  is  important  to discuss  the  coherence  (congruence) with other evidence, especially  from laboratory  experiments:  i.e.  pharmacological  tests  and  toxicity  tests.  Search  for  similar findings  as  observed  in  humans  in  the  safety  pharmacological  tests  and  in  the  acute  to chronic  toxicity  tests.  If you  find any, compare  the area under  the curve  (AUC) values  for active ingredient (preferably the unbound drug) between the animal and human. If they are close, it suggests that the adverse event observed in humans is associated with the drug. Be aware that pharmaceutical companies generally do not want to disclose critically important data  for assessing risks. So ask  for  those  important data whenever you can and search  the web sites of regulatory agencies such as that of the FDA. 

8.An-3.2 Chemical structure of new drugs

It may be helpful to look at the chemistry of a new drug. Comparing the chemical structure of a new drug with existing drugs may help give an impression of what kind of effects may evolve. This  comparison  should not be  limited  to drugs which are marketed  for  the  same indication. (See Box 8.12 for examples).  

Page 94: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 78

Box 8.12 Examples of how a drug’s chemical structure can explain its effects   Example 1. In 1990/91 torsade de pointes was reported in connection with the urinary incontinence drug terodiline. The German bulletin arznei-telegramm realised that terodiline was chemically very close to the antiarrhythmic drug prenylamine which had been withdrawn from the market 10 years earlier because of fatal arrhythmias. After publication of the similarity in the drug structures and the suspicion of parallel adverse effects (arznei-telegramm 1991; no 8: 65) the company withdrew terodiline from the market immediately (arznei-telegramm 1991; no.9: 79). The manufacturer had not been aware of the chemical affinity of the two drugs before this. Example 2. Atomoxetine is now approved for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. It had previously been in clinical tests under the International Nonproprietary Name tomoxetine as an antidepressant drug. Atomoxetine has a lot of similarities in chemical structure with serotonin re-uptake inhibitors, like fluoxetine. This may help in understanding and assessing some of the adverse drug reactions, such as aggressive behaviour, which is seen with both drugs [arznei-telegramm 2005; 36: 33-4.]. Contributed by Wolfgang Becker-Brueser, arznei-telegramm, Germany [http://www.arznei-telegramm.de].

 

8.An-3.3 Considering the profile of adverse effects

The  profile  of  pharmacological  safety  tests  such  as  electrocardiogram QT  interval  and/or hormonal and cardiovascular effects, toxicity profile in single dose and/or repeated dose, and carcinogenicity tests can be helpful in assessing the causality of the adverse events.  

8.An-3.4 Ratio of toxic and efficacy level in the same animal

The  ratio  of  toxic  and  efficacy  levels  in  the  same  animal  is  another  important  piece  of information in assessing causality (see the example of pioglitazone below in Box 8.13). 

8.An-3.5 Extrapolation of animal toxicity (safety) level to humans

a)   Do not use mg/kg   b)   Use Area Under the Curve (AUC) c)   If AUC is not available, then use mg/m2 (mg/kg factor 9 for mice, mg/kg factor 6 for 

rats).   AUC  is  considered  the most  comprehensive  pharmacokinetic  endpoint  since  it  takes  into account the plasma concentration of the compound and residence time in vivo (ICH‐S1C7, 8,9). Search for AUC of the active ingredient (preferably the unbound agent) both in animals (at the maximum non‐toxic dose) and humans (at the usual clinical dose). The ratio of the two is the most important safety parameter of the drug. If it is below 1 for subacute and/or chronic toxicity  tests,  the  agent will  probably  be  very  harmful  if  it  is  used  for more  than  three  months  (e.g. pioglitazone10  [see Box  8.13]  –  and gefitinib11).  If  the  ratio  is  about  1  to  3  for subacute and/or chronic toxicity test, the drug may possibly be very harmful if it is used for more than three months (e.g. the ratio for cerivastatin was almost 2).    

Page 95: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Annexe to Chapter 8: Evaluating harm

 

  79

Box 8.13 How toxicity data from animals can be used to predict clinical effects (toxicity). Example 1: pioglitazone5, 10

1. In rats, the dose of pioglitazone causing hypoglycaemia (3.0mg/kg/day) is about the same

as that causing chronic toxicity (3.6 mg/kg/day). 2. One of the most important findings is cardiotoxicity, including

• cardiac hypertrophy (safety level is 0.9 mg/kg/day and toxic level is 3.6 mg/kg/day) • cardiomyopathy with focal necrosis, cardiac/pulmonary weight increase and/or lung

haemorrhage (safety level is 3.6 mg/kg/day and toxic level is 14.5 mg/kg/day). 3. These findings are important in interpreting the adverse events of pioglitazone. Myocardial

infarction and/or heart failure later emerged as one of the most important adverse reactions to pioglitazone.

Contributed by Rokuro Hama, Kusuri-no-Check, Japan [http://www.npojip.org].

  In  Japan,  the  data  cited  above  can  be  found  in  the New Drug Approval  Package  (NAP) which may be available within a few months of approval of marketing of a drug. The data are available on  the  Internet  (Japan Pharmacists Education Center: http://www.jpec.or.jp/) and/or can be read as a paper document  (in  Japanese only). Boxes 8.14 and 8.15 show  two more examples of how toxicity data in animals may predict toxic effects in humans.  Box 8.14 How toxicity data from animals can be used to predict clinical effects

(toxicity). Example 2: fluticasone12  

We received important animal toxicity data showing that inhalation of 200 micrograms of fluticasone over 52 weeks induced adrenal atrophy in dogs. Inhalation of 200 micrograms of fluticasone by a dog weighing 12 kg is equivalent to 400 micrograms/day for a human, which is within the clinical dose range. While only 13% of prescriptions for inhaled corticosteroids were for fluticasone, 94% of the patients with adrenal crisis had used fluticasone. It was concluded that clinical doses of fluticasone may induce adrenal insufficiency, although all the reported cases used more than the recommended dose. A paediatrician on our advisory board had a case of adrenal insufficiency associated with use of inhaled fluticasone propionate (FP). He asked how to analyse the paper reporting the epidemiological study on adrenal crisis and inhaled corticosteroids. The paper shows a very close relationship between adrenal crisis and FP. We examined the pharmacokinetics of FP in animals and in humans and also the chronic inhalation toxicity tests. These data indicated that FP has binding affinity to corticosteroid receptors that is 18 times more potent than for dexamethasone; it has an elimination half-life about 2.4 - 3 times longer (14.4 vs. 5-6 hr.) and within the usual clinical dose (400 micrograms/day) induces histologically observed adrenal atrophy in dogs. The trough level of FP rose above the detection threshold after 1 week in the phase I study. Within 6 months, several patients treated with the usual clinical dose of inhaled FP became non-responders when tested with adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH). Contributed by Rokuro Hama, Kusuri-no-Check, Japan [http://www.npojip.org].

  

Page 96: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 80

Box 8.15 How toxicity data from animals can be used to predict clinical effects (toxicity). Example 3: tacrolimus13,14

There are no definite data for carcinogenicity in humans from using tacrolimus (Protopic) ointment, because no large long-term randomised controlled trials have yet been done. But we have a 2-year mouse carcinogenicity study using 0.03% and 0.1% tacrolimus with sham and vehicle-only control, with toxicokinetic data including area under the curve (AUC), and human pharmacokinetic data including AUC. The lower concentration (0.03%) induced more cancer (all sites) than the vehicle-only control. So it could induce malignancy in long-term clinical use. It seems reasonable to think that small infants may be more affected than adults. On 26 June 2003, the Advisory Committee to the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare decided to include warnings on a potential cancer risk associated with tacrolimus ointment use, in response to the petition by Kusuri-no-Check and The Informed Prescriber13

insisting that cancer development can be expected considering the animal carcinogenicity tests and concentration of tacrolimus in the patients treated with it. On 10 March 2005, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) advised health professionals to prescribe Elidel (pimecrolimus) and Protopic (tacrolimus) only as directed and only after other eczema treatments have failed to work because of a potential cancer risk associated with their use. In addition, the FDA is adding a black box warning to the health professional label for the two products and developing a medication guide for patients. These actions follow the recommendations made by the FDA’s Pediatric Advisory Committee at its 15 February 2005 meeting,14 which reviewed findings of cancer in three different animal species. The data showed that the risk of cancer increased with the amount of the drug given, although only a few cancers had been reported in children and adults treated with Elidel or Protopic. Most of the cancers might be first apparent after several years of marketing. On 18 May 2005, the EMEA also began to investigate the potential cancer risk of Elidel (pimecrolimus) and Protopic (tacrolimus).15 Contributed by Rokuro Hama, Kusuri-no-Check, Japan [http://www.npojip.org].

 

Page 97: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Annexe to Chapter 8: Evaluating harm

 

  81

8.An-4 References

1.  Herxheimer A. Communicating with patients about harms and risks. PloS Medicine 2005; 2 (2):e42‐43. Available at: http://medicine.plosjournals.org/perlserv/?request=get‐document&doi=10.1371/journal.pmed.0020042 

2.  Fisher FD. An introduction to epidemiology – a programmed text. New York: Appleton‐Century‐Crofts; 1975. 

3.  Rothman KJ, Greenland S. Causation and causal inference. In: Rothman KJ, Greenland S, editors. Modern epidemiolog. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 1998. 

4.  Naranjo CA, Busto U, Sellers EM, Sandor P, Ruiz I, Roberts EA, Janecek E, Domecq C, Greenblatt DJ. A method for estimating the probability of adverse drug reactions. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1981 Aug;30(2):239‐45. 

5.  Pioglitazone hydrochloride, new drug approval package (NAP). Japan Pharmacists Education Center 1999 (in Japanese). Available at: http://www.jpec.or.jp/ 

6.  GlaxoSmithKline. Study reports of paroxetine for pediatric and adolescent patients. Unipolar major depression: study 329. Available at: http://www.gsk.com/media/paroxetine.htm 

7.  The International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) Guidelines. Safety guidelines. Available at: http://www.ich.org/UrlGrpServer.jser?@_ID=276&@_TEMPLATE=254 

8.  ICH Safety guideline S1C: Dose selection for carcinogenicity studies of pharmaceuticals. Available at: http://ww.ich.org/UrlGrpServer.jser?@_ID=276&@_TEMPLATE=254 

9.  Addendum to ICH S1C: (Addition of a limit dose and related notes). Available at: http://www.ich.org/UrlGrpServer.jser?@_ID=276&@_TEMPLATE=254 

10.  Kusuri‐no‐Check Editorial Team. Donʹt take ACTOS !!! Kusuri‐no‐Check (Check‐up your Medicines) 2004;1:36‐39 and 43‐47. Available at:  http://www.npojip.org/english/check‐up1/check‐up04.htm 

11.  Hama R, Sakaguchi K. Gefitinib story. ISDB Newsletter 2003;17(1):6‐9. Available at: http://www.npojip.org/english/The‐gefitinib‐story.pdf 

12.  Hama R. Adrenal insufficiency induced by inhaled fluticasone propionate. The Informed Prescriber 2004;19:25‐29. This summary will be available at the following site in a few months: http://www.npojip.org/english/ 

13.  Hama R, Shimazu T. Tacrolimus (Protopic) ointment and cancer risk. The Informed Prescriber 2003;8:86‐90. Summary is available at: http://www.fda.gov/ohrms/dockets/ac/05/slides/20054089OPH2_09_Rokuro%20Hama%20letter.pdf  and http://www.fda.gov/ohrms/dockets/ac/05/slides/2005‐4089OPH2_10_Rokuro%20Hama%20slides_files/frame.htm 

14.  U.S. Food and Drug Administration Pediatric Advisory Committee 15 February 2005. http://www.fda.gov/ohrms/dockets/ac/05/slides/2005‐4089s2.htm 

15.  CHMP to look at potential cancer risk with pimecrolimus and tacrolimus. SCRIP No.3053, 11 May 2005: 30. 

 

Page 98: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 82

  

Page 99: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

9. Design and production

 

  83

9. Design and production

The  extent  to  which  a  drug  bulletin  is  read  and  valued  is  greatly  influenced  by  its appearance.  The  time  and  effort  spent  gathering  information,  evaluating  evidence  and writing articles may be wasted if the bulletin is not attractive and easy to read. This chapter explains why good design and careful production are important.  

9.1 Elements of good design

To maximise the likelihood of the bulletin being read, it should be:  • Recognisable. Readers should  recognise  the bulletin when  it arrives, or when  they are 

searching  for  it. Having a distinctive, consistent appearance will help. This applies not only to the name of the bulletin (the masthead of the bulletin), but the overall look of the bulletin.  

• Structured, so that readers can find their way around the bulletin. The bulletin will need ‘signposts’, such as contents lists and named sections to direct readers to what they want to  find. These are particularly  important  if  the bulletin contains more  than 4 pages. As well as being able to see quickly what articles are in the bulletin, readers need to be able to  find out easily how  to  respond  to an article,  to  start a  subscription, or  to notify  the bulletin of their new address.  

• Readable. How clear and easy the bulletin is to read will depend in part on how the text is written (Chapter 7 discusses writing style). It will also depend on the size and style of the  font  (type), and width of  the columns. Many  font  styles exist. The  size depends  in part on the width of the columns: the wider the column, the larger the type size needed. A font size of 10point is usually suitable for an A4 page with three columns, 11 or 12point for a  two‐column page, and 8 or 9point  for a  four‐column page. The  font used here  is Palatino Linotype, 11point, and the heading of this section is in Verdana 12point.  

• Appropriate  to  the  subject matter  and  target  group. You will  need  to  judge what  is acceptable to your target group. For example, readers might expect an independent drug bulletin  to be quite plain  in style, with  little or no use of colour, as  they may associate colour and glossiness with material published by the pharmaceutical industry. Too many cartoons might give the impression that the bulletin is not serious.  

9.2 Creating the design

Several things must be decided when designing a bulletin:  • Page  size. The  size most  commonly used by drug bulletins  is A4, but a  few use other 

sizes (e.g. the pocket‐sized Drugs Bulletin from Chandigarh, India); 

Page 100: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 84

• Number of pages. This will depend on  the  type of  information  in  the bulletin and  the frequency  of  publication. Many  independent  bulletins  have  2  or  4  pages  and  contain perhaps 2 to 4 articles, while some are around 80 pages long, and are divided into several different  sections  (e.g.  la  revue  Prescrire,  France:  http://www.prescrire.org/; Dialogo  sui Farmaci, Italy: http://www.dialogosuifarmaci.it/); 

• Choice of paper,  including colour and weight  (thickness); new or  recycled paper. This affects the cost of producing the bulletin; 

• Use of colour printing. Colour can be used in many different ways. A single colour can be  used  to  highlight  boxes  or  headings,  or  to  give  a  tinted  background.  Adding  a  single  colour will probably not add much  to  the  cost of printing. The  choice of  colour may  be  important.  For  example,  yellow  is  used  to  colour  headings  in  Spain’s  adverse  drug  reaction  bulletin,  Butlleti  Groc  (“Yellow  Bulletin”): http://www.icf.uab.es/informacion/boletines/bg/asp/bg_e.asp. 

 All these features when combined and applied in a publication create its identity. Unless you have the necessary knowledge and experience to design a bulletin, it is best to work with a designer. The designer can create a template for the bulletin, defining the number of columns, the width of  the  columns and page margins. The designer  can also develop  the  style and position of the permanent features, such as the name of the bulletin (the masthead), the date, issue number, page numbers, and contents list, and define the size and type of font to use for the text and for headings. A template makes it possible to know how many words fit into a page, so that the text can be edited to the right length.   There  is value  in reviewing  the style and format of other bulletins before meeting with  the designer. This helps you to communicate what you like and do not like in different designs. Readers  will  become  familiar  with  the  bulletin’s  appearance  and  layout,  so  do  not  be tempted to change these too often and without good reason.   

Case study: Drug Bulletin, Eritrea

Our Drug Bulletin started as a 4-page publication and soon grew to 6 and then 8 pages. Until recently it was produced as a camera-ready print using Microsoft-Word. The logo was drawn using Paintbrush in an old version of Microsoft-Word, while most drawings in the subsequent bulletins were drawn using CorelDraw. The one-colour final camera-ready product was taken to the printing press on an A4 page for conversion into an A3 film. The printers were instructed to print one of the A3 faces in two colours with the remaining faces in one colour. The coloured face when folded gave the first and the last pages two colours. This minimised the production cost while giving the bulletin a better look. We always try to keep the layout of our bulletin simple and consistent in terms or fonts (types and sizes) and in two columns. We use some photos, tables and text boxes to highlight messages. Recently we have moved to full colour using Adobe PageMaker (and InDesign), Photoshop, Illustrator for our layout. The final product is sent to printing press by CD. We use Microsoft-Word for all editing and proof reading purposes. We still believe that word processors, such as Microsoft-Word alone, can be used successfully for designing and producing a bulletin. Contributed by Embaye Andom, Drug Bulletin, Eritrea.

 

Page 101: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

9. Design and production

 

  85

9.3 Using images

Many bulletins include images in the form of photographs, drawings or cartoons. These are used to clarify the messages, to show what words cannot easily express, and can also be used to  entertain  the  reader.  Some  bulletins  have  a  picture  on  the  front  cover.  For  example, TheNetwork’s Drug Bulletin (Pakistan) and la revue Prescrire (France) usually have drawings or cartoons on  the  cover and  inside  the bulletin;  the Sri Lanka Prescriber  includes  illustrations produced by local medical students on its front covers.  

Case study: Bulletin d'Information du Médicament et de Pharmacovigilance

Use of photography. In our article about body surface area1, we included a photograph that was originally in the 1914 publication by Dubois and Dubois describing the derivation of the formula for body surface area (the photo was of a child born with severe hypothyroidism and the paper cast of his body). We received many congratulations from our readers for having found and published this original photography. Use of drawings and cartoons to inform and entertain. In our article about compression stockings in the prevention of venous thromboembolism after surgery2, many readers enjoyed the ''Giraffe model and drawings'', and the “interview” with a giraffe explaining why it didn't suffer from ‘heavy legs’ (an extract from a novel by Primo Levi). 1. Loewert M. Concept de surface corporelle historique et pertinence dans l’adaptation

posologique [“Body surface area: historical aspects and relevance in drug dosing”]. Bulletin d'Information du Médicament et de Pharmacovigilance 2003; 105.

2. Rose F-X. Les bas de contention dans la prévention des thromboses veineuses profondes en chirurgie. [Compression stockings in prevention of deep vein thrombosis after surgery]. Bulletin d'Information du Médicament et de Pharmacovigilance. 2002; 102.

Contributed by Michel le Duff, Bulletin d'Information du Médicament et de Pharmacovigilance, France.

 

9.4 The production process

Once a  template  for  the bulletin has been made, creating  the  layout  for each  issue  is more straightforward.  This  is  most  commonly  done  using  desktop  publishing  software  (e.g. PageMaker, Quark). It  involves  incorporating the article text  into the template to create the layout of  the  issue. The staff of a bulletin often  includes one person  (commonly called  the production  editor)  with  responsibility  for  production  matters,  including  producing  the layout of the bulletin issues.   It is important to be sure that the text is in as final a form as possible before it is laid out and to minimise the number of changes made after this stage. With desktop publishing it can be tempting  to make  lots of  changes  to  the  layout  and  the  text, but  this  is  also  a  time when mistakes can be introduced. Once the article has been laid out, its length usually needs some adjustment,  and  the  text  may  have  to  be  rearranged.  For  example,  the  headings,  once imported, may be found to be too long, or the article is too long or too short, or the text falls badly,  leaving a single  line of a paragraph at  the bottom of a page, or  the  layout of a  table needs to be refined.   

Page 102: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 86

Using desktop publishing

From my practical experience, many people are scared of initiating a bulletin or newsletter because of visualising the hectic and expensive type of traditional production processes. Many printing houses are still accustomed to using traditional production processes that involve many people including the editor, a graphic designer, a typesetter, a graphic artist, and a paste-up artist etc. But with a little training on desktop publishing techniques the editor can do almost all those activities alone, and most successful publishers both in highly- and less-developed countries are now using desktop publishing. Contributed by Embaye Andom, Drug Bulletin, Eritrea.

 

9.5 Developing a house style

Permanent  features of  the  layout, such as  the name of  the bulletin, will already have been defined  in  the  design  of  the  bulletin.  But  style  issues,  such  as  grammar,  spelling  and punctuation must also be dealt with consistently in each new issue. For example, what name do  you  use  to  describe  a  new  class  of  non‐steroidal  anti‐inflammatory  drugs:  COX‐2 inhibitors  or  coxibs?;  do  you  always  write  out  the  name  of  an  institution  such  as  the European Medicines Agency, or is the acronym EMEA alone sufficient? Do you call clinical trials by their acronyms (e.g. VIGOR) and how do you include them in the index so that they can be retrieved easily? (See Box 9.1). The way a bulletin represents certain things needs to be consistent between the articles in an issue and between issues. To achieve this consistency, it is good practice  to have a house‐style guide  in  the  form of a sheet or a booklet containing style ‘rules’ and to incorporate in it all new decisions about style issues when they arise. It is a good idea for a new bulletin to adopt an established bulletin’s style guide while it develops its  own  (you  could  do  this  by  contacting  the  editor  of  an  ISDB  member  bulletin  via http://www.isdbweb.org). Editors will need  to refer  to  the house style during  the editorial process,  and  it  can  also  be  used when  the  final  checks  are made  during  the  production process.  

Box 9.1 Examples of rules in a house-style guide  

• Use of abbreviations, e.g. RCT, NSAID. (In general, try to avoid these).

• Drug names, e.g. beta-blockers or ß-blockers; adrenoceptors or adrenoreceptors; whether to use the generic name alone, or together with the trade name(s), whether to include the pharmaceutical company’s name.

• Drug doses, e.g. whether to write units in full or abbreviated, e.g. micrograms or mg.

• Use of italics (e.g. for genus and species names for bacteria and fungi).

• Numbers: when to write out in full.

• How to cite references.  

Page 103: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

9. Design and production

 

  87

9.6 Ensuring accuracy – proof reading

Having systematic checks during the production process is crucial. For example, moving text around can result in the references being wrongly numbered. Occasionally, text can be ‘lost’ because of incomplete scrolling of the text using the software. After any changes have been made to the text or layout, it is important to print off and check the new version and not just read the article on the computer screen.   Before the article goes to the printer, it must be proof read. This involves checking the pages of the bulletin thoroughly: at least two or three times per page by one or more people who have  not  been  involved  in  writing  or  editing.  This  should  pick  up  spelling  mistakes (computer spell checkers will not pick up  typing errors such as  ‘for  times’  instead of  ‘four times’),  the  appearance  and  consistency  of  headings,  subheadings,  and  tables,  and  the appearance of the text i.e. font, bold, italic and type‐size (see Box 9.2).  

Box 9.2 What to check before the bulletin goes to the printer   

• References are correct and cited correctly (e.g. according to Vancouver Convention)

• Reference numbers are correct

• House style

• Headings

• Spellings (don’t rely on the spell-checker)

• Drug doses

• Costs

• Regular parts of the bulletin that change with each issue, e.g. page numbers, headers, footers, dates.

  It is worth documenting the checks (for example, by having a form or stamped box that the checker  signs).  This  helps  to  ensure  that  no  checks  are missed  and will  also  help with retracing steps to discover what went wrong in the event of a mistake (see Chapter 14 for a discussion about documentation). 

Page 104: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 88

 

Case Study: Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin (DTB), UK DTB was started in 1962 as 4 pages every 2 weeks. In the early 1990s it changed to 8, A4-size pages once a month to save on postage costs. Each issue usually contains two or three articles. No colour is used. Articles often contain tables, but rarely illustrations. Draft articles are prepared in Microsoft Word. During the editorial process, the article editor is responsible for critically appraising the references cited in the draft, reorganizing the draft according to house style, adding text and references if necessary, and then integrating relevant points and data arising from peer review into revised drafts. (For more information about DTB’s editorial process, see “How DTB articles are written" on the DTB web site: http://www.dtb.org.uk/dtb/content/written.html). Checks are made at several stages. During the editorial process (while the article is being circulated to reviewers for a second time), a member of the team called the ‘verifier’, who is not the article’s editor double checks that statements in the article are supported by the cited references. The verifier also checks house style, drug doses and any other facts. Any queries are noted and passed to the article editor to resolve. The article editor gives the final version of the draft article, at roughly the required length, to the production editor, who lays it out, using PageMaker. A copy of the formatted article is printed in the office, and any necessary adjustments to the layout are made, such as shortening headlines that are too long, or moving boxed text or tables. Several members of the editorial team, including the article editor, then read the article carefully and discuss any errors, inconsistencies or anything that is unclear. Every time changes are made, the production editor and article editor check the changes. Just before the article goes to press, reference citations, the spelling of drug names, drug doses and costs are checked once again. Finally, the whole article is read through carefully once more. DTB is sent to the printers as a "SEP" file by ISDN (integrated services digital network) from a MAC computer, but it could be sent by FTP (file transfer protocol – a way of telling one computer to copy files to another) also. A copy of DTB is faxed to the printers too, so they know what it should look like. One hundred and forty thousand copies are printed. Contributed by Sheema Sheikh and Andrea Tarr, DTB. [http://www.dtb.org.uk/]  

9.7 Printing

In choosing a printer, you will need to consider the quality of printing and whether printing deadlines will be met. You can find out about these by having a look at samples of materials produced by the printer, and contacting referees. Once a decision is made, it is important to monitor  the printerʹs performance. The  cost of printing depends on  the number of  copies needed (becoming cheaper per issue if greater numbers are printed), the quality of the paper and whether colour  is used. Colour  is not always much more expensive, depending on the type of printing machine used  (e.g.  la revue Prescrire was offered  four colours  for  the same price as two colours because, for the large number of copies needed – tens of thousands – the printer had no more machines available  for printing  two colours, and did not want  to lose the bulletinʹs business).   

Page 105: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

9. Design and production

 

  89

A printing schedule has to be agreed. The printer may need the bulletin files in a particular format.  It may be possible  to pass  the desktop publishing  files directly  to  the printer or  it might be necessary  to  convert  files  into  films using an  image‐processing house. Where an interim form is used, it is essential to check the result before taking it to the printing press. It is also necessary  to know  if  the printer  is able  to deliver  to  the dispatch house  in  time  for enclosing and posting out the bulletin.   

Case study: Sri Lanka Prescriber

During the past two years we have had problems with printing. To cut down on printing costs the bulletin’s publisher decided to call for tenders when selecting printers. However, such tender procedures caused delays in printing. After several discussions, the publisher agreed to use a competent printer recommended by the editorial board. Contributed by Gita Fernando, Sri Lanka Prescriber.

 

9.8 Electronic publishing

The technical  issues  involved  in electronic publishing are beyond the scope of this manual. Chapter 10 discusses some aspects of electronic distribution. Some useful information about electronic publishing in developing countries can be found on the following web sites:  • Electronic Publishing for Development [http://www.epublishingtrust.org/]; 

• International Network for the Availability of Scientific Publications (INASP) [http://www.inasp.info/index.html]; and  

• The Association of Learned and Professional Society Publishers (ALPSP) [http://www.alpsp.org/default.htm].  

9.9 Further reading

Albert T. Set up a newsletter. BMJ 1992; 305: 631‐5.  How to produce a newsletter. Rev ed. London: Healthlink Worldwide; 1989. (Out of print, but a scanned version is available at: http://mednet2.who.int/DrugBulletinProject/).   

Page 106: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 90

    

Page 107: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

10. Dissemination

 

  91

10. Dissemination

10.1 Why dissemination is important

Bulletins are produced as a means of communication between the publisher and the readers, and such communication relies greatly on a good distribution. Nevertheless, some editors of drug bulletins may view  the  task of distributing  the drug bulletin  as  an unnecessary  and unwelcome burden. They may only be interested in producing good quality information and may never have learned, or even considered, how to promote or disseminate their ʹmessageʹ. The importance of gaining a wide audience cannot be overestimated. In reality, planning the distribution  of  a  bulletin  should  be  seen  as  an  integral  part  of  production,  in which  the strategies for reaching the target audience are matched to the resources available.  

Table 10.1. Financing arrangements and bulletin distribution  

Source/type of financial support

Advantages Disadvantages

Block funds provided by independent organizations such as: government departments, professional associations, consumer organizations.

• offers a means of reaching a wide readership at minimal cost or ‘free of charge’, for example to all doctors or pharmacists nationally.

• can affect the bulletin’s independence;

• vulnerable to changes in the sponsor’s policies, political changes.

Funds offering indirect financial support:

• bulletin included in mailings of another journal, such as medical or pharmacy journal.

• the bulletin’s staff does not need to do the distribution work;

• the bulletin may gain credibility among the audience from an association with a prestigious national journal.

• readers may associate the bulletin too closely with the journal, which may contain adverts or which has editorial content unrelated to the bulletin;

• the bulletin has to rely on the publishing arrangements of the sponsor, and so delivery times may be delayed or schedules inconvenient.

Income from individual subscriptions.

• long-term sustainability may be better with many subscribers compared with one big sponsor;

• subscription rates provide an ongoing indication of the bulletin’s success;

• this is efficient as only those who want to read the bulletin get it.

• much time and effort may be spent trying to find (and keep) subscribers;

• in developing countries, the audience may not be able to afford the subscription fee;

• those who most need the information may not subscribe.

Adequate  financing  is  a  prerequisite  for  good  circulation  (see  Chapter  5). However,  the wider  the  readership  the  more  difficult  and  costly  it  is  to  distribute  a  bulletin.  If  the circulation is large the cost can sometimes be prohibitive, because, in addition to the cost of the  larger  print  run,  funding will  be  needed  to  cover  such  things  as  the  cost  of  stamps, 

Page 108: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 92

envelopes and people to manage distribution (e.g. keep subscriber lists up‐to‐date, chase up subscribers  to ensure subscription  renewal, deal with subscribers’ queries,  run  recruitment campaigns  for new subscribers such as newly qualified doctors or pharmacists). All of  this work needs reliable and dedicated budgetary support.   Sources of financing relate closely to distribution, in that self‐financed bulletins often rely on subscriptions, while bulletins supported by a government agency or other organization are often distributed to doctors and/or pharmacists free of charge. Table 10.1 describes some key advantages and disadvantages of different financing arrangements as they relate to bulletin distribution. 

10.2 Managing a subscription-based approach

Financing  through  subscriptions  is  likely  to  be  more  feasible  in  industrialised  than  in developing  countries  and  easier  for well‐established  bulletins. One  of  the  advantages  of subscription‐based  distribution  is  that  the  bulletin  will  not  be  regarded  as  ‘unsolicited’ material and so is more likely to be read by those who receive it.   To attract a critical mass of subscribers, it is helpful to have a sliding scale of fees for different types of personal and institutional subscribers, charging more to those who can afford to pay more.  For  example,  if  a  bulletin  is  closely  allied  to  an  association  of  health professionals, members may pay for a bulletin as part of  their membership dues, perhaps at a  lower rate than non‐members. Often bulletins  charge only a nominal  fee  for  students and  sometimes lower fees for recently qualified health professionals. This helps to sustain future circulation, and also helps the bulletin to serve as an educational tool.   Institutions  often  pay  a  higher  rate.  It  is  normally  a  small  item  on  the  budget  of  a  large institution. Public and university libraries provide a strong base for dissemination as well as a  reliable  source  of  income.  The  bulletin  is  available  to  many  readers  at  once.  Other institutions, such as government health agencies, may have their own specialised libraries for staff.   Bulletins frequently charge more  to subscribers from developed  than developing countries, more  to  commercial  than  non‐commercial  institutions,  and more  to  government  agencies than  to  non‐profit  groups.  Still  other  approaches  to  differential  pricing  are,  for  example, reduced rates for long‐term subscribers or special subscription rates for regular subscribers, or  for  those who automatically  renew  their subscription by direct  transfer  from  their bank account. Discounted introductory rates are a way to attract new subscribers. Some bulletins differentiate by volume  (single versus bulk distribution) or speed  (air versus surface mail). Some  charge  for  single  issues,  for  example,  back  copies  and  reprints;  others  distribute  a limited number of single issues free of charge as a way to attract subscribers. Whatever basis is used for differential pricing, the differences should be fair and not too large.  Collection of  subscription  fees can be  time‐consuming and expensive,  requiring additional staff  time  and money.  Simple  tailor‐made  software  packages  are  available  for managing subscriptions, which can help  to make  the process more efficient. However,  the better you know  your  subscribers  (profession,  age,  etc.), with  the help  of  in‐house management,  the more effectively you can promote and sell your bulletin. 

Page 109: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

10. Dissemination

 

  93

 

Case study: Drugs Bulletin, India Drugs Bulletin is published by the Department of Pharmacology, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research (PGIMER), Chandigarh, India. It is a quarterly publication, which has been published since 1976 and is funded by the Institution, a public sector organization. The bulletin is distributed free of cost to all the medical college libraries and at a very nominal annual subscription fee of Rs.60.00 (US$1.25) for personal use. Interested readers are required to send the required subscription amount by bank drafts in the name of the Director of the Institution. Approximately 1000 copies are distributed to all corners of India. Back issues, since 1995, are available for sale. Most of the bulletin’s readers are physicians working in peripheral medical/health centres. Faculty members as well as students in various medical schools are the other important categories of readers. Interestingly, although the bulletin is totally independent of the pharmaceutical industry, a substantial number of readers do in fact work in industry. The journal is not actively marketed or advertised and most subscriptions are by word of mouth. We have now started to more actively ask for feedback from readers in order to improve the bulletin. Contributed by Promila Pandhi, Drugs Bulletin, India [http://www.pgimer.nic.in/inabout.htm].

 

10.3 Guidelines for effective distribution

Some suggestions for managing regular bulletin distribution:  • Prepare a detailed plan  for  regular distribution of  the bulletin. Take  into consideration 

the many factors that may influence the distribution processes, such as national holidays.  

• Prepare alternative plans in case you encounter unexpected difficulties. 

• Schedule deadlines for the timely delivery of the publication. These may involve earlier mailings for some readers, for example, those in other countries. 

• Develop and maintain an up‐to‐date database of bulletin  recipients.  Information about age, educational qualifications and occupation can be useful  for planning promotion of the  bulletin  and  some  aspects  of  content. Changes  of  address,  new  subscriptions  and timing  for renewal notices also need  to be entered regularly. The more subscribers you have,  the  more  important  it  is  to  maintain  a  well‐organized  database  to  facilitate distribution. 

• You may want to prepare additional mailing lists for specific bulletin issues.  

• Check the cost of using a mailing service for distribution versus mailing your bulletin in‐house.  If  you  distribute  yourself,  consider  using  self‐adhesive mailing  labels  printed directly  from  your  computerised  database  and  inexpensive  environmentally‐friendly wrappers or envelopes for packaging. 

• You may want to consider a bulk mailing arrangement, with redistribution at the point of delivery. This is often cheaper and easier than mailing directly to individual subscribers.  

• Follow up to find out if your subscribers are getting their bulletins on time. You can carry out a small random survey of local and distant subscribers. If you are conducting a larger reader  survey,  include  a  question  on  distribution.  You  can  also  simply  include  a 

Page 110: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 94

questionnaire with  the  subscription  renewal  form:  completing  it  at  the  same  time  as paying the subscription can prompt pertinent criticisms from subscribers, which can help the editorial team improve the bulletin. 

 In addition to a distribution list, you may want to reach people in your target audience who are not yet aware of the bulletin’s existence. One approach is to leave copies at public places, for  example  reception  counters and  lounges, where many people  tend  to  congregate. You can  also distribute  the  bulletins  at  special  events,  such  as meetings  and  exhibitions.  If  an event such as a conference is relevant to the bulletin’s contents, you may want to mail a copy to  participants  or  ask  conference  organizers  to  include  the  bulletin  in  their  conference materials. However,  if your bulletin  relies on subscription, such  free distribution might be risky because it can give the impression that the bulletin is regularly available free. It might be better to distribute a promotional leaflet describing the bulletin, or some extracts from the bulletin.  

Case study. Farmakoterapeutické informace, Czech Republic

In 1995, the State Institute for Drug Control decided to launch a new independent drug bulletin Farmakoterapeutické informace [Pharmacotherapeutic Information], which would deal with rational therapy, information on specific groups of drugs, and new drugs and reports of adverse drug reactions. The bulletin was to be distributed free of charge to all doctors actively practicing medicine. This publishing activity was supported by WHO, and the publishing expenses were largely borne by the Ministry of Health through the State Institute for Drug Control budget. The bulletin was published monthly in the form of 4-page issues, with a circulation of 40,000 copies, which were distributed as a no-cost appendix to the Journal of the Czech Medical Chamber and to the Institute´s bulletin. Cuts in the state budget in 1997 also brought a shortage of money for our bulletin. We were pressed to make a decision about how to continue publishing. In 1998 Farmakoterapeutické informace became an 8-page bimonthly bulletin; 14,000 copies were distributed on subscription with physicians paying only postage, as a no-cost appendix to the Institute´s bulletin and to the Czech JAMA and free of charge to every hospital owned by the state (around 20 copies). In 1998 most of the expenses were paid by the Foundation of Professor Skarnitzl (a non-profit organization) cooperating with the Institute. At the start of 1999, cooperation with the Czech Medical Chamber was resumed and the bulletin is again published monthly in the form of 4-page issues which are distributed as a no-cost appendix to the journal of the Czech Medical Chamber, the Journal of the Czech Chamber of Pharmacists and to the Institute´s bulletin, with a total circulation of 52,000 copies. The expenses are partially paid (a small part) by the Foundation of Professor Skarnitzl and partially by the Czech Medical Chamber and Chamber of Pharmacists. Contributed by Blanka Pospisilova, Farmakoterapeutické informace, Czech Republic [http://www.sukl.cz].

 

Electronic distribution

Another  strategy  is  a  distribution  network  using  electronic  media.  In  many  countries electronic  communication  cannot  replace  printed  materials,  especially  where  access  to computers  and  the  Internet  is  limited.  Additionally,  clinicians  may  find  a  well‐indexed printed bulletin easier to retrieve and use in daily practice. Many editors who publish their bulletin  electronically  do  this  in  addition  to  a  printed  version.  INASP  has  several  useful articles about electronic publishing on its web site [http://www.inasp.info/index.html].   

Page 111: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

10. Dissemination

 

  95

The  primary  advantage  of  online  publishing  is  the  rapid  and  efficient  dissemination  of information. It can also be used as a marketing strategy to reach a wider audience and solicit new subscribers. For example, the entire text of a bulletin can be electronically published and sent by e‐mail to a list of readers. The creation of individual Internet homepages or web sites for  a  bulletin  is  yet  another way  of  disseminating  information.  If  the  bulletins  are  being distributed  free  of  charge, publishing  them  on  the  Internet  creates  greater  visibility  to  an even wider audience. If the bulletin relies on subscriptions, part of the content can be made accessible on the web site, the rest being reserved for paying subscribers.  Another  form  of  electronic  publishing  is  on CD‐ROM. Many  bulletins  publish CD‐ROMs containing several years’ worth of back issues. This can be useful to people who do not have reliable access to the Internet, and they can provide readers with an easily accessible archive of bulletin issues.    

Box 10.1 How to publish a drug bulletin electronically  

There are various ways to publish a bulletin electronically. The first and simplest is to send the bulletin by e-mail as an attached file produced by a word processor. You can create an e-mail distribution list with addresses of all your subscribers. This may sound too simple, but it works well. Another simple and straightforward system of distributing a bulletin through the Internet is by converting the contents of the publication into a web format, using HTML (Hyper Text Mark Language). This does not require highly technical and sophisticated equipment or a designer. Many word processing programmes can convert text into HTML. Examples include the latest version of Microsoft Word, Front Page and others. Hiring a skilled designer may produce fancy results at the cost of too many graphics, leading to slower transmission, which your readers may not appreciate. Often, a simpler approach is clearer and more useful. A good example is the bulletin produced by the LANIC network (Latin American Network Information Center) of the University of Texas, called Farmacos. An interesting alternative, which can – and should – be offered together with the HTML version of the bulletin is the publication of the bulletin in a PDF format. PDF is a format developed by Acrobat that permits a file to be exported, downloaded and printed locally. If you have a PostScript printer of average quality, the results will be exactly like the original but in black and white. Colour printing is also possible. To download or print PDF files you need an application called Acrobat Reader. This is available free over the Internet [http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readermain.html]. Often, PDF file publishers include a link to the Acrobat Home Page with instructions on how to get and use Acrobat Reader. To produce PDF files from almost any desktop publisher or word processor you must use the Acrobat Printer software, which is available from Acrobat at a very reasonable price. Apart from the advantage of letting readers print the bulletin ‘as is’, Acrobat Reader prevents other users from changing it. As a result, no spurious changes can be made after downloading, unlike a file produced on a word processor. Acrobat Printer allows you to link various pages and graphics in an interactive manner, giving some life to your publication. There are several examples of bulletins distributed in this manner, including the bulletin of EURO-DURG (the Drug Utilization Research Group) [http://www.eurodurg.com/]. Contributed by Emilio Sanz

 

Page 112: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 96

10.4 Communicating your bulletin’s messages more widely

Traditionally,  drug  bulletins  focus  their messages  on  a  chosen  ‘target’  group which will usually consist of doctors or pharmacists. This group  is the bulletin’s constituency. It  is the group  which  the  bulletin  wishes  to  satisfy,  to  which  it  would  naturally  direct  any questionnaires to assess customer satisfaction, and in whose language (style, vocabulary) the material  is  written.  There  are,  however,  others  who  it  is  also  worthwhile  addressing, including the media, politicians, opinion formers, patients and consumers.   It  is  important  to  remember  that,  in  any  country,  bulletins  will  have  an  unrivalled knowledge of locally appropriate treatments, because any decisions they make on the use of a  treatment will have been made  in  the  context of  local knowledge  about healthcare. The advice  given  in  the  bulletin  will  also  be  up‐to‐date,  unbiased,  impartial  and  accurate. Inevitably, and because of  its work,  the bulletin becomes  the repository of data and sound decision‐making and this resource should be widely available. Influencing groups other than the  bulletin’s  natural  target  has  all  sorts  of  potential  advantages  (see  Table  10.2),  but  a bulletin will need  to develop a strategy  if such  influence  is  to be successful. However,  it  is important for the bulletin’s editors to keep in mind that as bulletin representatives their areas of expertise  lie within  the  topics  that have been  the subject of bulletin articles. Advising or informing on subjects outside one’s area of expertise is a recipe for disaster!    

Table 10.2. Advantages of influencing two non-target groups*  

Group Advantage

Media • Exposure in the media will broaden understanding of therapeutic issues by

the population at large, and may make patients and consumers more receptive to new ideas.

• Because stories in the media will also be read by the bulletin’s normal target group, they will remind them to read the bulletin.

• Stories can provide a public health warning. If an article raises concerns about the dangers of particular treatments, affected patients may specifically consult their doctors and have the problem resolved.

• When the media are approached with stories from others (industry, government), bulletins can offer an independent informed view of the issues and so minimise the publication of biased or groundless claims.

Politicians • Politicians normally influence health policy and the better informed they are

the more reliable the policy. • Politicians should respond to public demand and to respond well they need

information that is reliable, accurate and impartial, and which they can trust. • Politicians may have to decide on a bulletin’s funding or comment on its

perceived place in society. The more they know about the bulletin the easier it will be for them to identify with (and support) your cause.

*Assuming the target groups are health professionals 

 Of course, there are potential disadvantages in having a policy involving addressing new and broader audiences (see Box 10.2), and these need to be taken into account before embarking upon such a policy.  

Page 113: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

10. Dissemination

 

  97

Box 10.2 Potential disadvantages of involving a wider audience  

• Takes extra time.

• Requires ‘media’ training.

• Needs senior members of staff who are prepared to be exposed to the media or other public arenas.

• Requires planning.

• May backfire if the bulletin is misquoted or the relationship ‘goes wrong’.

• Exposes the bulletin to criticism.

• May anger some of the bulletin’s primary target readership.

• May concern a body involved in the funding of the bulletin.

  Introducing a policy of communicating with a wider audience requires the agreement of all of the bulletin’s senior staff. Once this has been decided, the steps listed in Box 10.3 are worth considering. If closer working with politicians is part of the strategy, arrangements will need to be made to meet identified persons (e.g. member of parliament) and the occasion should be carefully scheduled. At  the end of  the session,  the politician should know exactly what you do and how you do  it, what your aims are, the areas  in which you have expertise and can offer advice, and how s/he could contact you for advice (phone, fax and e‐mail details are essential). The meeting should probably take place at your office so that the politician has a clear picture of you in your own setting.   

Box 10.3 Some steps when considering working more closely with the media   

• Ensure all the senior staff agree with the policy.

• Identify those who will act as communicators. They may need media training.

• Identify articles that you feel would benefit from being highlighted in the media.

• Provide a press release on the article, drawing attention to the important issues. The press release should be sent in plenty of time for the media article to be written. It should include some short quotes from the editor, a copy of the original article, an embargo date, and also the contact details of the bulletin’s trained spokesperson.

• Journalists should be made aware that they can call on the bulletin at any time if they want impartial, accurate and independent advice about medical interventions.

 

Journalists

It is worth identifying potentially interested and capable journalists (for example, newspaper health  correspondents, writers  for  consumer  columns/publications, magazines  for women, parents and elderly people,  financial pages, TV and radio reporters and editors,  journalists from  the medical and pharmaceutical press). You should encourage  those who want to get the information right and avoid those who are more interested in communicating a distorted message.  It  can  take  years  to  get  to  know  and  trust  journalists. By  sending  regular press releases on  selected  topics, you may attract  their attention  so  that  they gradually  come  to consider your bulletin as a reliable source of information. In the longer term, being known as a reliable source of information can bring about a new problem, in that it can be difficult to 

Page 114: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 98

manage  the number  of  journalists  calling  for  information  (for  example,  as many bulletins experienced  because  of  the media  interest  in  the Vioxx  affair).  If  your  bulletin  is  seen  to produce  articles  that  have  clear messages  for  the  public,  you may  be  invited  to write  a regular column for a lay publication (as occurred for a Japanese bulletin). Do not miss a good chance to communicate with the public or with patients.   

10.5 Key messages

In planning distribution of your bulletin, there are five key things to consider:    • the type and number of people you want to read the bulletin; 

• how large a physical area your bulletin serves;  

• the frequency of bulletin publication; 

• alternative distribution channels available; and 

• the comparative costs of various types of distribution as well as the financial resources available. 

 There is no single ideal way to disseminate a bulletin. What will work best for you depends on your own situation and  the context  in which you are working. Producing good quality information  is only  the  first  step. An  effective distribution plan gets  it  to  the people who need it.  

Page 115: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

11. Organizational and legal issues

 

  99

11. Organizational and legal issues

11.1 Introduction

As soon as a group of people get together and decide to jointly establish a drug bulletin they will need  some kind  of  organizational  structure. Without  an  organizational  structure  it  is difficult  to  agree  on  the  mission  of  the  group,  make  decisions,  determine  working procedures, manage  finances and establish  legal and contractual  relationships with others. The credibility of a drug bulletin depends on a number of factors, including the quality of the information provided,  the  independence  of  the  editorial  board,  good  editorial procedures and financial independence. A sound economic and organizational base helps to provide for these.  A new bulletin may find it difficult to form its own organization at first. Many bulletins start with two or three doctors or pharmacists working from an office or their clinical practice. If the bulletin  remains a  small  initiative  its editors may  feel no  immediate need  to  create an organization. However,  some  of  the  principles  regarding  legal  responsibility discussed  in this chapter may still be relevant. Many new bulletins benefit from the hospitality of another organization.  In some cases  that organization becomes  the bulletin’s permanent home. For example, many drug bulletins are part of a medical or public health school, a health ministry, a  hospital  or  a  drug  information  centre.  Being  part  of  another  organization  has  helped bulletins to become established.  Several  bulletins  have  published  notes  describing  the  way  they  work  and  their  organizational  structure.  This  can  be  very  helpful  because  it  makes  it  clear  to  readers  where  the  bulletin  is  from  and  how  the  work  of  the  bulletin  is  undertaken.  For  examples  see  DTB  [http://www.dtb.org.uk/dtb/content/index.html]; Geneesmiddelenbulletin  [http://www.geneesmiddelenbulletin.nl/];  la  revue  Prescrire, [http://www.prescrire.org/signature/qui/index.php]. 

11.2 Why does a drug bulletin need a structure?

There are a several reasons why a drug bulletin needs an organizational and legal structure, either  through a  formal  relationship with an existing organization,  such as a hospital or a university,  or  by  establishing  a  separate  legal  entity. When  a  non‐profit  organization  is incorporated,  it becomes a separate and distinct  legal entity, possessing virtually  the same powers as an individual. Thus, it acquires rights and obligations, and may own and control assets, enter into contracts, incur debts, sue and be sued. A corporation, unlike individuals, can only act through agents, namely its directors and officers.  

Page 116: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 100

It safeguards and maintains independence

A  legal and organizational structure protects the  independence of the drug bulletin. The independence of the organization is crucial for a drug bulletin and forms one of the  criteria  for  membership  of  the  ISDB.  An  organizational  structure  provides  a means  to  develop  formal  criteria  for  independence  and  a  democratic  process  for discussing and further developing such policies.   

It can provide legal protection

An organizational and legal structure can provide the editors of a drug bulletin with protection  from  legal  actions  taken  against  them  individually. Generally  speaking, members  and  directors  of  a  corporation  are  not  liable  for  the  defaults  of  the corporation (although any group planning to become a non‐profit corporation should consult a  legal expert  in  their own  country about  this).  Individual persons become responsible  for  those debts and obligations only  if another  legal principle applies – for example, they give personal guarantees, participate in a fraudulent transaction or something of that sort. In order to tap into this limited liability concept, it is necessary for  the organization  to disclose  its  limited  liability status on contracts,  invoices and other similar documents. This involves making sure that the proper legal name of the organization appears on all those documents, including the “Inc.” or “Incorporated” or  “Ltd.”, or  “S.A.” portion of  the name, depending on  the  country. Directors  and officers  of  a  corporation  can, however,  become personally  liable  to  third parties  if they breach  the duties and obligations  imposed on  them by  law. A  legal  expert  in your own country should be consulted about these issues, including the issues of the corporation and individuals obtaining liability insurance.  

It provides financial protection and makes fundraising possible

An organizational and  legal structure provides protection against  financial risks  for the  individuals  involved. The  financial  risks of  the organization  should not  rest on the shoulders of individuals. Financial risk should be carried by the organization as a whole. The organization would be responsible for financial management, budgeting, bookkeeping and reporting.  Many drug bulletins  raise money  from government,  foundations,  sponsors or  from individuals, for example through subscription fees. These donors will be reluctant to trust their money to a bulletin that does not have a proper organizational basis and responsible financial management. Most funding agencies and governments will not provide funding to an initiative without a formal legal structure.   

It allows the bulletin to enter into contracts

In order to be able to enter into contracts with others, for example, to rent an office, hire staff, or make arrangements with a printer, the organization will need to have a separate  legal  identity. An  informal  group  or  a  committee  cannot  normally make such agreements.  

Page 117: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

11. Organizational and legal issues

 

  101

It facilitates the decision-making process

An  organizational  structure  is necessary  to make  responsibilities  clear,  to  facilitate decision‐making  processes  and  to  help  to  solve  problems.  Most  organizations establish a basis for the way they work in a set of governing rules (often referred to as a  constitution  or  statute).  A  very  good  starting  point  for  writing  your  own constitution  is  to  collect  examples  from  other  related  organizations. A  lawyer  can help to adapt the text to the specific needs and situation of the new bulletin and the legal requirements of the country.  

11.3 Different kind of structures

The choice of structure partly depends on what the main activities of the organization will be, on how those involved with the bulletin want to regulate decision‐making, and on national laws and regulations. Many ISDB drug bulletins have chosen a structure that expresses their non‐profit status, such as a foundation or association. Being a non‐profit organization does not necessarily mean that the bulletin makes no profits. It means that any profits made by the organization  go  back  towards  fulfilling  its  aims  and  are  not  paid  out  to  members  or shareholders. As discussed above, a foundation or association may be incorporated, but this is not a requirement in many countries. 

11.3.1 An association

An  association  is  a  membership  organization.  It  aims  to  achieve  its  goal  through collaboration. The members therefore play an important role. An association usually has two governing bodies: the general assembly (a regular meeting of the membership), and a board. The general assembly elects the board and the board appoints the staff. The governing rules of the association state the name of the organization, the aims, the obligations of members, how  meetings  are  called  and  how  board  members  are  appointed  and  dismissed.  An association needs  to have membership meetings and ways  to  communicate  regularly with members.  This  may  be  more  cumbersome  to  manage  than  an  organizational  structure without  membership  meetings,  such  as  a  foundation  (see  below).  The  advantage  of  an association may be  that more people  feel committed  to  the goals and dissemination of  the bulletin.  Membership  demands  organizational  time  and  effort  but  in  return  members provide  support  and  cooperation.  A  membership  structure  may  also  encourage  the involvement of people who are  in a position  to help promote  the bulletin. For example, a bulletin  with  members  from  all  regions  of  a  country  may  obtain  national  recognition. Membership of an association may be unlimited or may be restricted to certain groups.   Generally,  one  major  benefit  of  unincorporated  associations  is  the  lack  of  strict organizational,  reporting  and  registration  requirements  normally  imposed  on  non‐profit corporations.  Formal  documentation  and  organizational  requirements,  in  addition  to possibly helping the organization apply for tax‐exemption status, may also help to refine and focus  the goals of  the organization  itself.  In many  countries,  including  the USA,  the main differences between an unincorporated association and a non‐profit corporation are that the members of an unincorporated association can be held directly liable if someone were to sue the association, and it is problematic for unincorporated associations to have paid employees. In UK  law  associations  are  the  loosest  legal  form. But  associations  as  such  have  no  legal personality  in  their  own  right.  Legal  form  is  given  through  the  governing  rules  of  the association. Legal  liability, however,  rests with  the members  individually and  collectively, (thus any transactions, such as property purchases, are the responsibility of all the members). 

Page 118: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 102

In  Switzerland,  association  members  can  also  be  held  personally  responsible  if  the association has debts that it cannot pay. However, it is possible to limit the risk for members by limiting their responsibility in the associationʹs statutes. It may also be possible to take out a company style ʺlegal liabilityʺ insurance policy. A legal expert from the country concerned should always be consulted. 

11.3.2 A foundation

A foundation does not have members. In general a foundation is more focused on the aims it wants to achieve than on the process. A foundation has only one obligatory body namely the board with, minimally, a chairperson, secretary and treasurer. The board of the foundation is responsible for the daily running of the organization, legal representation and financial management.  A foundation also has governing rules. These may include the aims, the way board members are appointed and dismissed, and how the organization is financed. Requirements for what should be included in the statutes differ per country.   

Case study: Mieux Prescrire – an association The “Association Mieux Prescrire” is the publisher of the French drug bulletin la revue Prescrire and its English edition Prescrire International. “Mieux Prescrire” means “Better Prescribing”. The aim of the association as described in the statutes is: “to contribute, fully independently, to quality of health care, in the patients interest, by dissemination of knowledge and training of care givers (…)”. It is a non profit association. The founders of the bulletin chose to set up an association with a maximum of 70 members forming the General Assembly. Since 2005, all members sign a pledge for independence called “Charte Non merci” (like “No thank you” in the same spirit as “No free lunch”, USA and “No grazie, pago io,” (No thank you I'll pay) Italy). The membership is made up of four groups, which are called ‘collèges’ elected by the General Assembly. Each collège makes up a set percentage of the membership: The founders. This group consists of people who have contributed considerably to the creation and development of the organization. The founders make up 20% of the membership. The permanent advisory group. This group consists mainly of people from the scientific community (from France and other countries) who support the work of the association. This group makes up 20% of the membership. The editors. This group is made up of editors of the bulletin who have been with la revue Prescrire for more than one year. They are elected by the other editors and make up 35% of the membership. The readers. This group consists of readers of the bulletin, in total 25% of the membership. The administrative council, the board of the association (20 members), is elected by the general assembly and consists of representatives of the four groups mentioned above. Members of the administrative council, of the directorate general and of the editorial team must have no conflict of interest, and sign a declaration confirming this point. A bulletin for exchange of news among the members of the association is published for internal use and called Les Nouvelles du Moment. Contributed by Danielle Bardelay, la revue Prescrire [http://www.prescrire.org].  

 

Page 119: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

11. Organizational and legal issues

 

  103

Both associations and foundations can have working groups, committees, an advisory board, etc. Most countries require registration of the association or foundation with the appropriate authorities. Payment  of  a  fee  is usually  required  to  register  an  association  or  foundation. Different countries have different registration requirements. In Finland, for instance, certain members of a foundation can be held liable for their actions.  

11.3.3 Other legal entities

Depending on national  laws and regulations, other non‐profit organizational structures are possible. A  new  bulletin will  benefit  from  consulting  a  legal  adviser  to make  sure  that  it chooses  a  structure  that  fits  the  way  the  bulletin  wants  to  carry  out  the  work  and  the circumstances  in  which  editors  need  to  work.  A  legal  adviser  to  a  health  ministry  or university with which you have  links can often give good advice on  the best  legal  form  to adopt when the time comes. In many countries it is not necessary to establish a venture, such as a bulletin, as a company. This may also be costly.  

Case study: Therapeutic Guidelines Limited, Australia

Therapeutic Guidelines Limited (TGL) was registered on 15 July 1996 as a public not-for-profit company limited by guarantee. The objective of the organization is to improve health outcomes by producing comprehensive and independent disease-based treatment information, based on the best available evidence integrated with clinical experience. The information is designed to support health professionals in their management of patients to improve health outcomes across the community. The company has nine directors who are appointed for 2-year terms. Because TGL arose out of activities undertaken by two other structures (the Victorian Drug Usage Advisory Committee and the Victorian Medical Postgraduate Foundation) the constitution allows for these bodies to nominate two of the directors. The Board consists of: • one appointee of the Victorian Medical Postgraduate Foundation; • one appointee of the relevant Commonwealth Department; • one appointee of the Royal Australian College of General Practitioners; and • five other persons elected by the membership of the company. Because the members of the company have the authority to elect the majority of the directors (five), control of the company rests with its membership. Members of the company are appointed by the board, membership being open to persons or bodies corporate described as interested in the objects and purposes of the company. The company currently has 18 members. Contributed by Mary Hemming, Therapeutic Guidelines Ltd. [http://www.tg.com.au/].

 

11.3.4 A bulletin within another organization

Many  drug  bulletins  are  part  of  another  organization  and  do  not  need  a  separate  legal structure  (see also Chapter 13). This can have advantages and risks. One advantage  is  that the editors and bulletin team can focus on the editing of a bulletin because others are doing a lot of  the organizational and administrative work. A  larger organization may also provide protection against legal action. In some cases it may increase the credibility of a bulletin, for example, if it is linked with a reputable medical school, a health ministry, a drug information centre or  consumer organization. The  risk of being part of  another organization  is  loss of independence and vulnerability  if others have control over decisions about the existence of the bulletin.  If one day  the ministry decides  to no  longer publish  the bulletin  there  is  little you can do. This  is particularly  the case when  the bulletin  is also financially dependent on 

Page 120: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 104

the organization under whose umbrella  it operates. Another  risk  is  the explicit or  implicit censorship and loss of independence to please the ‘mother’ organization.   The  relationship  between  the  editors  or  bulletin  team  and  the  other  organization may,  in some  places,  be  thought  of  as  an  ‘agent/principal’  relationship.  A  disadvantage  of  this structure  is  that,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  actions  of  the  ‘agent’  (the  editors)  can legally bind the  ‘principal’ organization, even though the organization may not have given permission for the ‘agent’ to act. A legal adviser should always be consulted when creating a drug bulletin as part of another organization.   A bulletin that is part of an existing structure does not need to draft a constitution. However, it will need to formulate a mission statement outlining its goals and how the bulletin will try to  achieve  them. The bulletin will  also need  to draw up  rules  for  the  editorial process  to assure  information  quality  and  safeguard  editorial  independence  (see Chapters  5  and  7). There  needs  to  be  a  clear  agreement  on  the  working  relationship  between  the  two organizations and a set of rules that protect the independence of the bulletin.  

Case study: Australian Prescriber

At one time Australian Prescriber was published by Australia's national Department of Health and Ageing. The Department of Health was cooperative and did not interfere in the editorial work of the bulletin. The content of the bulletin was determined by health professionals rather than the Department even though the editorial board was appointed by the Minister of Health. The editorial board was advised by an advisory editorial panel, which consisted of Australia's medical and pharmacy colleges and societies. This arrangement enabled Australian Prescriber to be sent to all doctors, dentists and pharmacists. Readership surveys showed that readers considered the journal to be reliable because it was semi-official and not promoting a particular product. However, with this arrangement, there was always a risk of losing the funding. Many years ago this actually happened to Australian Prescriber, but due to protests - and an election - the bulletin was started up again. One useful thing about being published by the national Department of Health was that it would be very difficult to take legal action against the Government unless something that was published was very wrong or defamatory. The Department of Health and Ageing later established an organization to promote good prescribing in Australia: the National Prescribing Service has been set up as a private company funded by the Australian Government. As the National Prescribing Service is at 'arm's length' from government it can act independently. Australian Prescriber is now published by the National Prescribing Service under this new corporate structure. Contributed by John Dowden, Australian Prescriber [http://www.australianprescriber.com].

 

11.4 How to deal with legal action

The first rule in dealing with legal action is to avoid it. A bulletin should make sure that the information published  is  correct,  carefully worded, based on  reliable  sources  and  that  the conclusions  can  be  defended.  Appropriate  editorial  processes,  quality  control  and  peer review  procedures  help  to  ensure  the  accuracy  of  the  information  that  is  published  (see Chapters 7 and 9). Some bulletins routinely ask a  legal adviser  to check  the content before publication.  

Page 121: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

11. Organizational and legal issues

 

  105

Even  if  the published  information  is accurate a bulletin may  still encounter pressure  from others,  such as pharmaceutical  firms  that are not pleased with what  is written about  their product. These pressures sometimes  include  legal  threats, but  in practice  legal action  from the pharmaceutical industry against ISDB member bulletins has been rare.  Although legal action is rarely taken against a drug bulletin, if a firm objects to an article (or the draft of a proposed article), they may well send a letter signed by their legal department or by an independent lawyer threatening to take legal action if the piece is not amended or withdrawn. As a rule this is little more than sabre‐rattling. Ask your own lawyer to look at it, but don’t be afraid of empty  threats.  It may be  sensible  to modify words  that have given particular offence, but if you have told the truth and told it well there will be very little risk of legal action. In some countries, including the USA, under some circumstances there is no liability for good faith publication of even a defamatory falsehood, although the truth is the “perfect defence” to a lawsuit for defamation (i.e. the legal doctrine that allows a person to sue  in  court  and  recover  damages  from  someone making  false  statements  that  harm  the plaintiffʹs reputation). Each country may have different legal rules.   

Box 11.1 Legal aspects of electronic publication   As more and more human conduct appears online, questions often arise concerning whether and how to apply to the Internet the legal principles developed for the offline world. What rules apply when allegedly defamatory statements are made online? Generally, allegedly libellous (i.e. written) statements made online are usually evaluated by the same standards as statements made offline, with some countries adopting by legislation special rules defining the liability of various online service providers. A legal expert should be consulted.

  In  case  of  legal  threats  or  strong  objections  to  the  content  of  your  bulletin  by  a pharmaceutical company, it may be helpful to offer to meet with company representatives at your  office. This may help  to  settle  the  criticism.  Some  bulletins  offer  the pharmaceutical industry an opportunity to comment on the text before publication. This can be done as part of  the review process.  It may however  lead  to unnecessary delays  in publication and extra work  for  the  editors when a  company  is dissatisfied with  the  content of an article.  If you publish letters to the editor in your bulletin, this may be a better place to deal with criticism and comments from companies.   

Box 11.2 Disclaimers  

Some publications contain a ‘disclaimer’ in every issue in order to avert legal action. The following text is from Meyler’s Side Effects of Drugs: “No responsibility is assumed by the Publisher for any injury and/or damage to persons or property as a matter of product liability, negligence or otherwise, or from any use or operation of any methods, products, instructions or ideas contained in the material herein. Because of the rapid advances in the medical sciences, the Publisher recommends that independent verification of diagnoses and drug dosages should be made.” The legal value of a disclaimer is dubious. A law court may well feel that it is rather like a company trying to escape from giving a guarantee, but having a disclaimer may keep the publisher happy.

 

Page 122: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 106

Many  drug  bulletins  receive  letters  from  companies  (or  from  opinion  leaders  defending companies  that pay  them) complaining about  the content of an article. Most bulletins deal with  such  complaints by  responding  to  the  company  or  the  opinion  leader directly. Take time to respond to threatening letters, and make sure you have had a chance to calm down before drafting a reply. Certain bulletins deal with complaints by publishing the complaint and a reply in their ‘letters to the editor’ section and/or on their web site to make the whole exchange visible. There are  important advantages  to publishing  the  letter and  the  editor’s response  in  the bulletin. The bulletin  shows  that  it  takes  criticism  seriously and  it will be more  difficult  for  the  company  to  publicise  their  criticism  –  for  example,  through  sales representatives – without taking the response of the bulletin into account.   Should your bulletin come under pressure do not hesitate to ask for help from other bulletins. It may help to contact ISDB or individual drug bulletins in other countries to ask for support, for  example,  by  confirming  certain  scientific  statements  in  case  of  a disagreement  on  the content of an article. The simple  fact  that  it  is becoming known  internationally  that a  third party is pressuring your bulletin may ward off the pressure as verified on several occasions by member bulletins. 

11.5 Copyright

Copyright is the law that gives an author or artist ownership of his or her work. It protects against unauthorised use of their work and ensures a share of any earnings from the use of the work.  It  applies  to  all  types  of  original  expression  including  art,  sculpture,  literature, music, songs, choreography, crafts, poetry, flow charts, software, photography, movies, CD‐ROMs, video games and graphic designs. It does not apply to ideas as such. For example, a plan for an article on a certain subject cannot be subject to copyright. It is the article itself that is subject to copyright not the idea behind it.   ‘Moral  rights’  in  copyright  law,  are  rights  relating  to  a  creator’s  reputation  in  connection with  his  or  her  work.  They  are  additional  to,  and  separate  from,  the  ‘economic’  rights associated with the work, such as the right to reproduce the work. The moral rights protect creators if:  • they are not attributed or credited for their work; • their work is falsely attributed to someone else; or • their work is treated in a derogatory way, e.g. by distorting it.   Unlike  ‘economic rights’, a creator  is not able  to assign his or her moral rights. Even  if  the creator assigns all his or her economic rights in a work, s/he would retain the moral rights.   

Page 123: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

11. Organizational and legal issues

 

  107

 

Spanish drug editor wins case brought by Merck, Sharp & Dohme A victory for all independent drug bulletins was declared last week when Professor Joan-Ramon Laporte, the editor of Spain's Butlletí Groc, won a district court case brought against it by the pharmaceutical company Merck, Sharp & Dohme. The multinational firm had sued the editor and the publisher of the bulletin, the Catalan Institute of Pharmacology, over an article that the bulletin had published in 2002. The company said that the article had contained false and inaccurate information about the trial of one of its drugs, the Vioxx gastrointestinal outcomes research (VIGOR) trial, which looked at the safety of its arthritis drug, rofecoxib. The company had wanted a statement—which it had prepared—to be published in the bulletin and on the Institute's web site under Spain's 1984 "rectification" legislation, which allows anybody the right to rectify any information they consider to be incorrect and whose distribution could cause them harm. However, the judge, Maria Victoria Salcedo, rejected the demands of the company, absolved Professor Laporte and the Institute, and demanded that the company pay the court costs. In her judgment on 27 January, she said the contents of the bulletin were accurate as they were based on a series of articles published in journals such as the Lancet and the BMJ, which had mentioned the irregularities surrounding the publication of the VIGOR trial, including a commentary that had said the company knew of the cardiovascular risks in relation to rofecoxib and suggested a bias in the selection process of the trial. However, one aspect of the bulletin's article was found to be not correct. Judge Salcedo said the institute had not supplied enough evidence to show that distorted information on rofecoxib had been submitted to the EU regulator, the European Agency for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products, unlike that presented to the US Food and Drug Administration. But she said this had taken up only a few lines in the bulletin's article, while the company's rectification text was twice as long as the article, making this disproportionate. The judge also said the company's text did not limit itself to the contents of the article, and its coverage exceeded what it wanted rectified. The text said, for example, that rofecoxib had better gastrointestinal safety compared with other drugs, but the bulletin had looked only at cardiovascular risk; it had also claimed that Merck, Sharp & Dohme had an ethical tradition, but this too had not been questioned in the bulletin. Professor Laporte said the judgment "echoes the international debate which took place (in the literature) regarding the irregularities in the VIGOR trial and the omission of cardiovascular adverse effects in Merck, Sharp & Dohme's promotional materials." The Catalan Institute of Pharmacology said the judgment was a "victory for all those involved in independent information on medicines and therapeutics." A spokesman for Merck, Sharp & Dohme said after the ruling, which the company is reviewing, that the bulletin's article was almost completely based on a commentary that appeared in the Lancet in 2002 (360:100-1) on the design and conduct of the VIGOR trial. It claims that there were several inaccuracies in the commentary, but a letter to the Lancet's editor spelling these out was not published. Source: BMJ 2004;328:307 (7 February).

 

Page 124: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 108

11.5.1 Limits to copyright

Copyright law also limits the granting of copyright protection for social policy reasons, such as  the need  to have access  to  certain knowledge and news about events  in  the world. For example,  the  news  of  the  day  published,  broadcast  or  publicly  communicated  is  not protected. Other  unauthorised  use  of  copyright material  is  generally  accepted  under  the notion of ‘fair use’ (see below).   Copyright  rules  are  fairly  similar worldwide  because  of  international  treaties.  The most important  treaty  is  the Berne Convention, which was  signed by 100 member  countries.  In general, copyright protection lasts for at least the author’s lifetime plus 50 years.   For drug bulletins  copyright  is  important because  it provides a way  to protect  their work against  unauthorised  reproduction  by  others.  For  example,  a  bulletin  can  prevent  drug companies from photocopying or reprinting their articles for promotional use. Drug bulletins also need to be aware of the copyright of others.  

11.5.2 How is copyright created?

Copyright is created the very moment a work assumes a tangible form. As soon as the article is written and it is an original creation – not a copy of someone else’s work – copyright exists. This includes the draft of an article.  Copyright is automatic. The creator or author becomes the owner. Exceptions to this rule are when an  employee  in  the  course of his or her  employment  creates  a work,  if  the work  is commissioned and the commissioning party owns the copyright, and if the copyright is sold to another party. Some countries only allow human beings who created the work to establish copyrights  because  only  real persons  can  create. A  legal  entity  has  to  acquire  or  buy  the rights and cannot be seen as the original author. Drug bulletins need to ask outside authors to assign the copyright of an article they have written to the bulletin, for example by buying the copyright. It is a good idea to do this as soon as the draft is received to prevent the author from withdrawing the text. For example, the letter to an author who has agreed to write the first draft of an article  for  the UK Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin states “We will circulate the draft  to  various  specialists  in  the  field,  to  our Advisory  Council  and  Editorial  Board  and  to  the manufacturers of any drugs named. The draft will be edited and probably changed a lot in the light of all  the  comments. All  our  articles  are  the  result  of  such  collaboration  and  are  therefore  published unsigned.  For  this  reason,  Consumersʹ  Association  will  have  copyright  in  the  article  from  the ‘circulation draft’ stage to publication”.  To  strengthen  the  right,  the  author or bulletin  can mark  the publication with  a  copyright notice: © followed by the name of the copyright owner and the year of first publication. This is  the  international  notice  of  claim,  which  was  established  by  the  Universal  Copyright Convention of 1952 administered by UNESCO. If a publication carries the copyright notice, an  infringing  party  can  never  claim  not  to  have  been  aware  of  the  copyright.  In  some countries copyright laws require this notice to inform the public that a copyright is claimed. In some countries it is also possible to register work with a national copyright office. There is usually a fee. 

Page 125: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

11. Organizational and legal issues

 

  109

11.5.3 How to use copyrighted material

New  bulletins  often  use  other  bulletins’  articles,  in  which  case  they  need  to  obtain permission. (See also Chapter 7 on using existing materials). Make sure that you are asking permission  from  the person or organization  that has  the copyright.  In most cases bulletins will find that other publishers are generous  in granting permission for articles to be copied provided  that  the  source  is  mentioned.  Copyright  also  applies  to  tables,  graphs  and illustrations, such as photographs and cartoons.  If a bulletin wants  to copy an  illustration, they will need to get permission from the copyright holder. 

11.5.4 Fair use and quotes

Some uses of a copyrighted work are considered ‘fair use’. The use is not legally considered to be an infringement if its use is non‐commercial or incidental in nature. There is no single definition of fair use but courts have interpreted it depending on the purpose and character of the use. For example, they may look at whether it was a non‐profit use versus commercial use, how much  text was copied  in  relation  to  the entire work, and  the potential market or value of  the copyrighted work. Fair use  is often  legitimate when a work  is being used  for teaching, research, scholarship, criticism or journalism. You can also quote within reasonable limits from other work without prior agreement, provided  that  the source  is given and  the text is not presented out of context. 

11.6 Further reading

How to write a constitution. Doing it ourselves. A  resource kit  for consumer organizations. The Hague: International Organization of Consumers Unions; 1988.  The ABC of copyright. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific  and Cultural Organization;  1986. This  booklet  provides  an  overall  view  of  the  function  of  copyright  with  respect  to  educational, scientific, cultural and information policies. For details of how to  get a copy, see: http://portal.unesco/  Copyright law: overview, see: http://www.nolo.com. The web site aims to explain law in simple terms. It contains a section on copyright and has several interesting links to copyright resources.  

Page 126: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 110

    

Page 127: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

 

  111

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

12.1 Introduction

Evaluation  is  an  essential  component  of  establishing  and  maintaining  the  quality  and usefulness of a drug bulletin. Evaluations should, therefore, be an integral part of any plans to  start  or  improve  a  drug  bulletin.  This  chapter  outlines  the  benefits  and  difficulties  of undertaking an evaluation and describes  the different  types of evaluation: audit of bulletin processes, feedback from readers and impact assessments. 

12.2 Evaluation brings many benefits

When planning a new bulletin, an assessment of readers’ needs will increase the likelihood of providing useful information (e.g. what type and depth of information is needed, whether local or overseas authors are preferred – see Chapter 4). From  this  initial assessment, clear objectives  for  the bulletin can be  formulated. Future evaluations can  then measure  to what extent the objectives are being met and help guide ongoing work planning.   An evaluation of an established bulletin can tell you whether the  information published  is useful and relevant, and what is needed to improve quality and effectiveness, such as using a new format, providing abstracts, improving indexing, etc. An evaluation can also sometimes establish whether a behavioural change (e.g. a change in prescribing behaviour) has occurred in response to information in the bulletin, and can be used to measure the degree of change. Evaluation can be used to determine if the bulletin is actually being read.  An  evaluation  can positively  reinforce  the  editorial  teamʹs  efforts  and give  assurance  that resources, particularly  time and money, are being used effectively.  It can also demonstrate the value of  the bulletin when seeking  increased or continued  funding.  It may be  the only way  to  counter  funders who prefer  to put  their money  into  activities with more  obvious immediate outcomes.  Evaluations are often perceived as difficult, costly and time‐consuming. This may be true for large  impact  assessments  (see  below),  but  any  bulletin  can  successfully  carry  out  simple audit and obtain feedback from readers, even if experience and funding are limited. Starting with  smaller,  simpler  tasks  will  also  build  the  knowledge  and  confidence  needed  to undertake more complex evaluations. 

12.3 Three approaches: audit, feedback and impact assessment

Evaluating  a  drug  bulletin  involves  finding  out whether  it  is meeting  certain  objectives. These  objectives  could  relate  to  quality,  level  of  readership,  usefulness  of  articles,  or influence on the reader’s knowledge, attitude or actual prescribing behaviour.  

Page 128: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 112

There  is no single correct way  to evaluate a drug bulletin. Research  involving quantitative data  collection  (direct measurements  of what  is  happening)  is  not  necessarily  better  than research  involving  qualitative  data  (measurements  of  attitudes,  beliefs  etc.  showing why something  is  happening). What  is  important  is  that  research, whatever  type  is  chosen,  is carried out rigorously so that there can be confidence in the validity of the results.   The choice of evaluation depends primarily on the intended objective. You may want to start with  a  self‐evaluation  of  the  quality  of  the  bulletin,  and  then move  on  to  evaluate  the usefulness of  the  information  to  the  reader. When your bulletin  is well  established, has  a committed readership and has been running smoothly for a period of time, you may want to undertake an impact evaluation. 

12.4 Start with your own evaluation of the bulletin

A logical starting place is to audit the bulletinʹs production process as this type of evaluation does  not  involve  readers,  is  inexpensive,  and  once  the  method  of  data  collection  is established, it can easily be repeated for each bulletin issue.  First, decide what aspects of production it is most important to monitor and set an acceptable quality  standard  for each. For example, an editor may decide  to  take  specific action  if  the number of typographical errors exceeds three per 10 pages, or if more than 10 business days elapse between the expected and actual publication dates. See Box 12.1 for further examples.  

Box 12.1 Examples of areas to audit

• Grammatical and formatting errors.

• Paper and printing quality.

• Review process, e.g. what proportion of reviewers send comments back within the specified period, or at all?

• Timeliness of the information, e.g. how soon after a new drug is marketed is an article on the drug published in the bulletin.

• Coverage of significant issues e.g. including information on a serious adverse reaction.

• Editorial process, e.g. whether authors follow guidelines on writing an article, how well editorial procedures are followed.

• How long it takes to respond to readers’ letters.

• Whether the mailing list is up to date.

 Next,  establish  who  will  collect  the  data,  and  how.  For  routinely  collected  data  on  the production  process,  an  audit  should  be  completed  after  each  edition  of  the  bulletin  is distributed  and  action  taken,  if  necessary,  to  improve  quality. Also  consider monitoring indicators  of  the  bulletinʹs  perceived  value,  such  as  subscription  rates,  citations  in  other publications, comments on feedback forms etc. 

Page 129: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

 

  113

12.5 Assessing readers' opinions of the bulletin

12.5.1 Methods of assessing readers’ opinions

Regular  assessments of  readers’ opinions on  the quality  and usefulness of  articles  are not difficult and should be undertaken by all bulletins. At the simplest level, information about subscribers and their opinion of the bulletin can be collected from the subscription renewal form,  by  analysing  spontaneous mail  from  readers  and  by  asking  questions  about why people stop subscribing. Bulletins  that receive a  large number of  letters  (several  thousands per  year)  can  retrieve much  relevant  information  from  this mail, with  the  quality  of  the letters’ content increasing with the development of the bulletin. The richer the content of the bulletin is, the more varied and interesting the exchanges with readers are.  Simple  readership  surveys  can  be  carried  out  annually  and more  in‐depth  surveys,  focus group discussions, etc. every  few years.  It may  involve surveying everyone on  the mailing list, a random sample of  the mailing  list or a specific professional group  (e.g. primary care doctors).  This  type  of  evaluation  is  useful  for  finding  out  if  a  bulletin  is  read,  easily understood, kept for future reference, and how readers value the information in it.   This can be done through:   • a readership survey; 

• focus group discussion; 

• discussions involving ʹspontaneousʹ groups of readers (for example, groups of readers with common practices, such as refusing visits from pharmaceutical company representatives, or generic prescribers, or readers’ clubs simply meeting together to critically discuss each issue of the bulletin);    

• in‐depth interviews with individuals (in person or by telephone); 

• ʹtarget audienceʹ contact. You sometimes want to study the views of non‐readers in your target audience as well as the views of your loyal readers. 

 Sometimes  two or more  separate, but  complementary, methods are used,  such as a postal questionnaire and interviews. A telephone survey can be used to validate the postal survey because  it can be done without  identifying who the survey  is being conducted for; this can eliminate some of the response bias which occurs when  it  is obvious which publication the survey  is  about.  For  bulletins  that  are  available  electronically,  surveys  by  e‐mail may  be feasible.  Using one of these methods it is possible to find out what readers think of a bulletin and how it can be  improved. They are relatively easy and  inexpensive  to conduct, especially simple surveys, and do not require an external infrastructure, such as one that collects prescription data or adverse drug reaction reports. In addition, a single assessment can cover a range of issues.  For  example,  a  Prescriber  Update  survey1  included  questions  about  how  well  the bulletin was read, usefulness of various types of articles, perceived influences on prescribing,   

Page 130: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 114

readability, preferred authors, design improvements and whether electronic distribution was an acceptable alternative  to paper copies. However, when designing survey questions,  it  is important  to maintain  a  balance  between  how much  is  asked  and  the  likelihood  of  the respondents completing the survey.  

12.5.2 Potential problems

One  of  the  problems  with  carrying  out  assessments  is  getting  enough  readers,  and  a representative  cross‐section  of  readers,  to  respond.  Another  is  to  make  sure  that  the information they provide is accurate.   Reader  feedback poses other potential problems  including  recall bias, because of people’s selective memory,  and  non‐representative  results,  because  people who  bother  to  fill  in  a questionnaire and send it back may have different opinions from those who do not reply. In addition,  the  quality  of  the  data may  be  poor  due  to  incomplete  responses  to  surveys, inconsistent interview technique or a poorly designed survey. The likelihood of poor quality data  can  be  minimised  through  validating  questions  and  using  standardised  interview techniques.  The  references  on  survey  design  listed  at  the  end  of  this  chapter  provide additional information.   Assessments of readers’ opinions measure how people think the bulletin has influenced their behaviour, not actual behavioural changes. Despite these limitations, canvassing the views of readers through surveys, discussions or interviews provides invaluable feedback and should be a regular part of the activity of all drug bulletins. Letters to the Editor and other feedback (e.g. letters to other publications) can also give an indication about what readers are thinking.  When  designing  a  readership  survey,  it  is  useful  to  include  questions  relating  to  the bulletin’s  impact.  For  example,  a  survey  of  doctors  might  ask  whether  articles  have influenced  prescribing  practices,  helped  them  to  recognise  an  adverse  drug  reaction  or interaction  in a patient, or  changed  the advice given  to patients. These  types of questions cannot measure true behavioural change. People’s reports of changes in their own behaviour are often much more optimistic than reality. However, they do provide an indication of the value readers place on the information in the bulletin. If they are suspicious or critical of the bulletin’s advice, they are less likely to report a behavioural change.  

12.5.3 Selecting the data collection method

The data collection method used (survey on paper or by e‐mail, focus group discussions or interviews)  depends  on  the  type  and  depth  of  information  needed,  and  on  available resources.  For  example,  if  the  aim  is  to  find  out  if  the  bulletin  is  read  and  about  the usefulness  of  various  sections,  then  a  survey would  be  preferable  as  it  can  canvass  the opinion of many readers quite inexpensively. If you require more qualitative information on complex issues, such as what depth is required in adverse reaction articles or what format is preferred,  then  focus group discussions or  interviews may be preferable. A  face‐to‐face or telephone  interview can allow you  to explore  the responses. However,  these can be costly, both  in  terms  of money  and  time,  and  possibly  non‐representative  because  of  the  non‐random selection of a sample or because only interested readers agree to participate. If you want to know whether the quality of the bulletin’s  information  is high and consistent, then external review by experts is needed. To find out if articles change prescribing behaviour, an impact evaluation is needed.   

Page 131: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

 

  115

Next  consider who will  conduct  the  assessment. The  best way  to  avoid  bias  is  to  ask  an independent external researcher to carry it out. However, this is likely to be more costly than carrying out the assessment yourself.  

12.5.4 Planning the survey

The next step is to plan all aspects of the survey. Studies often fail simply because they were poorly planned. Box 12.2  lists questions and hints  that may be useful as a checklist of  the issues  that need  to be  considered when planning  and  conducting  a  readership  survey.  In addition  to  these  pointers,  you  will  have  to  operate  to  your  country’s  data  protection legislation  AND  any  professional  standards  for  confidential  survey  research.  Check  the Esomar Code of Conduct for market research at: http://www.esomar.org/ as a starting point. 

12.5.5 How many replies are enough?

Sample size and selection of respondents need careful consideration. The simplest option is to send the survey to everyone on the mailing list. A response rate of no more than 20–25% is a realistic expectation. Where the mailing  list  is  large, resources may not permit analysis of thousands of responses. Alternatively, you can select and send the survey to a representative sample of those on the mailing list.   In constructing a representative sample, you may want to consider demographic factors such as age, sex, individual or group practice, medical specialty, rural or urban location. This will help to make sure that you are reaching a range of different types of readers. The variables used depend on what you know about your readers. For example, if you know the location and  specialty  of  those  on  the mailing  list,  select  the  sample  by  first  grouping men  and women  separately,  then  subgroup  by  primary  care  doctor  and  specialist,  then  further subgroup by  rural  and urban  location.  If your mailing  list  is  large, you  can divide  it  into many subgroups.  If  it  is small you may want  to stick  to  larger groups of different  types of readers. You can then randomly select names from each group. Most computerised statistical programmes  include a  random number generator. Consult a  statistician on  the number of individuals to be selected from each group.   Strategies for increasing the response rate include:  • A follow‐up telephone call/letter to non‐responders. Contacting non‐responders  is good 

if you know who  they  are.  (This needs  to be  taken  into  consideration  if  the  survey  is confidential  i.e.  you  have  to  be  able  to  identify who  has  responded without  knowing their name); or 

• Replacing  non‐responders  with  another  group  of  readers  who  meet  the  same randomisation criteria; 

• Always assume you will get a poor response and send out more questionnaires than you think you need. 

  

Page 132: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 116

Box 12.2 Readership survey checklist   Purpose of the survey

• What are the bulletin’s aims? E.g. convey current drug information, advocate changes in regulation, etc.

• What readers are you targeting? E.g. all, or a subgroup such as primary care doctors, hospital doctors, pharmacists, the public.

• What sort of information do you need from this survey? e.g. extent bulletin is read, usefulness of the articles, suitability of electronic publishing.

• Whose opinion do you want? E.g. all on mailing list, or a particular subgroup.

• What will the survey achieve? E.g. ideas for improving the format, evidence to support continued funding.

Literature review

• Have similar surveys been done? Review the literature for published reports.

• Ask editors for survey reports and sample questionnaires via the ISDB network [http://www.isdbweb.org].

• What errors were made and what problems were encountered in other similar studies? Talk to other editors and ask for a copy of their survey.

• Who could give advice? Ask an experienced editor or researcher.

Methodology

• Will you let participants know who the research is being conducted for? This has potential advantages and disadvantages.

• What questions need to be asked?

• How many readers should be sent the survey?

• How will they be selected?

• What demographic variables (profession, location, etc.) should be considered?

• Should respondents be anonymous? This is usually recommended to encourage a full and honest response.

• What is the likely response rate? Remember you may be working with busy medical professionals so this may not be as high as for other types of survey.

• Will non-responders be followed-up; if so, how will they be contacted?

• Is an inducement needed/appropriate to ensure a good response rate?

• Is it necessary to include a stamped self-addressed envelope?

• If the service is available, consider reply-paid envelopes – you only pay the postage for those returned.

• What is the cut-off date for processing responses?

• Is it sufficient for a few readers to review the questionnaire before full distribution or is a pilot study needed?

• How will the data be collected, processed and analysed?

Continued on next page

Page 133: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

 

  117

Continued from previous page

Administration, workplan and budget

• Who has overall responsibility for the survey?

• Who will monitor activities/progress?

• Who will process and analyse the results?

• How long will it take? Is the estimated length of time realistic?

• What resources are needed (staff/money/data processing software etc.)?

• Do you have the appropriate analysis tool?

• Do you have the necessary expertise or access to expertise?

• Who could provide funding and equipment?

Data analysis

• Was the response rate adequate?

• Can valid conclusions be drawn from the results?

Publication and use of results

• Who needs to see the final report? Who is interested in your results? You may want to publish a summary of the results in the bulletin. This is a way of showing respect for respondents and valuing their contribution, as well as allowing readers to compare their attitudes to the overall trend.

• What actions are needed in response to the survey results? Who will do this?

• Who else could benefit from this research? You may want to submit an article on your survey and what you learned from it to the ISDB Newsletter.

• How could you have improved the survey?

• When should you next undertake an evaluation?

Page 134: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 118

If you have divided people  into  subgroups using demographic variables,  such as whether they are male or female, a primary care doctor or specialist, etc., include a question on these variables  in  the  survey.  This will  help  to  show  you whether  a  representative  sample  of people from each of these groups responded to your survey. Also, bear in mind that, in order to draw valid  conclusions  from  the  survey  findings, you may need  to be  able  to  identify respondents  (e.g.  which  responses  are  from  general  practitioners)  so  build  this  into  the survey design. 

12.5.6 Drafting the questions

Once planning is complete, develop the questions. Consider what questions to ask, how they will be asked, and the order (see Box 12.3).   

Box 12.3 General rules for drafting survey questions2

1. Avoid asking two questions at once e.g. 'Do you consider articles are accurate and

unbiased?' These two points need to be divided into two questions.

2. Word questions so that all respondents understand the same meaning.

3. Be as precise as possible in the framing of questions e.g. 'Have you recently changed the advice you gave a patient because of an article?' would be clearer if worded as 'In the last six months, have you changed the advice you gave to a patient because of an article?'

4. Tell respondents when a question can have more than one response, e.g. 'You can tick more than one box'.

5. Design the survey to make the task of reading questions, following instructions and recording answers as easy as possible.

6. Word questions so that clear, unambiguous answers are more likely to be given.

7. Simple tick/check boxes work well for answer options, along with providing space for respondents to write additional comments.

8. Consider using questions with similar scales to one another so that respondents can become familiar with the task they are undertaking.

9. If using agree/disagree statements, try to ensure a mix of positive and negative statements.

10. Remember to allow for all possibilities in your responses: this may include having a ‘don’t know’ or ‘none of these’ for some questions.

 The questions asked will depend on the information being sought. Here are some ideas from which to develop questions:  • The extent to which the bulletin is read. 

• What happens to each issue? 

• Factors preventing more articles being read. 

• General readability of the bulletin. 

• Preferred authors (national/international, specialists/primary care doctors etc.). 

• Level of detail required in articles. 

• Usefulness of various articles or sections. 

Page 135: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

 

  119

• Content of articles (e.g. should clinical advice be given? If it is already, is the level of advice adequate?). 

• Perceived influence of the articles (on prescribing practice, advice given to patients etc.). 

• Acceptability of format, suggestions for improving design. 

• Frequency of bulletin editions. 

• Comparison with other journals. 

• Suggestions for future articles.  Many  questions merely  require  a  yes  or  no  response,  or  a  comment. Those  that measure degrees of  frequency,  satisfaction or other  such parameters  require presentation of a  scale from which  the  respondent  can  select.3   Appropriate  options have  to be provided. Where there may be interpretation problems, consider using scales respondents are familiar with. It is  always  helpful  to  design  your  survey  form  with  enough  space  for  people  to  enter comments about the bulletin, which could be unrelated to the questions you asked them.  Measuring frequency

One approach  is  to ask  the respondent  to estimate  the  frequency of a certain action e.g.  ʹIn  the  last  six  months,  how  many  times  did  you  refer  back  to  previously published articles?ʹ   However,  respondents may not  remember how often  they did something so providing a response scale with a rough quantification may be useful e.g. ʹHow often do you refer back to a previously published article?ʹ 

 Every few weeks Every few months Less often than every six  months Never 

 Avoid  using  a  response  scale  of  ‘often’,  ‘sometimes’,  ‘occasionally’,  ‘rarely’  etc.  as they are difficult to interpret. 

 Asking evaluative questions

Questions asking respondents  to say how  they rate specific aspects of a bulletin are common  in readership surveys, e.g. what do you  think of  the standard of  the book reviews? A numerical scale from 0 to 5, where 5  is excellent and 0  is poor, could be used or a scale such as: 

Excellent Very good Good  Fair Poor 

 To  encourage  accurate  and  full  completion  of  the  survey,  keep  scales  simple  (i.e. restrict the number of different answer options) and ensure there is a clear distinction between scale  levels. If the differences are too subtle, this will affect the quality and accuracy of the survey results. 

Page 136: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 120

Measuring feelings

The following scale is often used to rate how respondents feel about something:  

Very positive Generally positive Mixed: about equally positive and negative Generally negative Very negative 

 A numerical scale can also be used to measure feeling, for example, ʹDo you feel the bulletin  improves your ability  to  recognise an adverse  reaction  in a patient?ʹ  (on a scale  of  ‐2  to  +2,  with  0  being  the  midpoint).  Note:  while  every  point  on  the continuum does not need  to be defined,  there should be a midpoint where positive feelings turn to negative. 

 Rating agreement

Often  readership  surveys  ask  how  much  the  respondent  agrees  with  certain statements e.g. ʹSome readers have suggested including a summary at the beginning of each adverse reaction article. How do you rate  this suggestion?ʹ   An appropriate scale may be:  

Strongly agree Agree Disagree Strongly disagree 

 While  it may be appealing  to offer a middle  category  (neither agree or disagree)  it may be more useful to make the respondents commit themselves. 

 Ranking the bulletin

If, for example, you want respondents to prioritise your bulletin against three others publications for usefulness, list the publications and ask the respondent to rank them from 1 to 4, where 1 is the publication they find most useful, and 4 is the publication they find least useful. 

 Data processing and analysis

While data  from  simple  readership  surveys  can be processed manually, a  software package may be needed to process more complex survey responses. There are many data processing software packages available – ask a local researcher for advice about which to use.  Unlike  clinical  studies  or  full  impact  evaluations,  statistical  analysis  of  readership surveys is not usually necessary. If statistical analysis is required, ask a statistician for advice when planning the research.  

Page 137: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

 

  121

At  the end of  this chapter  there  is an example of a readership survey questionnaire together  with  the  results,  from  the  French  bulletin  Bulletin  d’Information  du Médicament et de Pharmacovigilance. 

12.6 Evaluating the impact of the bulletin

Once  you  have  conducted  some  assessments  and  gained  confidence,  and  your  bulletin  is well established, with production running smoothly and a fairly stable readership, you may want to look for opportunities to evaluate the impact of the bulletin. Impact evaluations are usually  undertaken  to  find  out  what  effect  a  particular  bulletin  article  has  had  on  its audience,  i.e. whether a behavioural change actually occurred  following publication of  the article,  and  to  establish  a  cause‐effect  relationship. All drug  bulletins  strive  for  long‐term change in the culture and discipline of prescribing, dispensing, and explaining drug use, and thereby improving patientsʹ health. Even a small change in prescribing behaviour could have a big effect  if the bulletin has a large readership or if the drug is prescribed frequently. For example  if  a  drug  bulletin  in  a  developed  country  achieved  a  0.5%  improvement  in  the prescribing of  statins  it would benefit many people. A  carefully designed  impact  study  is needed if you want to know whether your bulletin is having a direct effect on the behaviour of readers. Following the publication of an article you may wish to assess readersʹ actual:  • prescribing of a particular medicine; • communication with patients on a specific topic; or • knowledge about a particular therapy.  Although  it  is desirable  to  assess whether  the bulletin has  caused  readers  to  change  their behaviour, this requires a high level of research skill and is time‐consuming and costly. It is, therefore, useful  to build up experience and skill on simpler evaluations before attempting an  impact  evaluation.  Crucially,  it  depends  on  the  required  data  being  available.  For example,  few regions or countries have databases of prescribing statistics. Even  if  they are available, the data may not be reliable or they may not be able to reveal the trends of interest. When using data that have been collected for another purpose, you cannot be sure that the bulletin caused  the change  that you observed, as other  influences cannot be excluded. For example,  if an unnecessarily hazardous drug  is used  less often  than previously,  it may be because of your bulletin article, it may be because doctors received similar information from other sources, or it may be for other reasons, such as lack of availability, higher price, etc.   

Page 138: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 122

Box 12.4 Can a bulletin change practice on its own?

There is a fair bit of controversy in the scientific literature over whether providing health professionals with written information on its own is enough to bring about changes in prescribing. A US study found that articles can significantly change behaviour.4 However, a Cochrane review of 11 studies concluded that the impact is at best small and of uncertain significance,5 while a Dutch study found the effectiveness of information in changing behaviour was variable.6 More recently a Canadian study looked at this question with particular regard to a series of regular and expected printed educational bulletins, Therapeutics Letter.7 The study sought to measure the impact on prescribing to newly treated patients. A paired, cluster randomised community design was used. The study population included 499 physicians and 12 issues of the bulletin, Therapeutics Letter were followed-up. Physicians in the control group (n = 241) received the letters 3-8 months after physicians in the intervention group (n = 258). The impact on prescribing to newly treated patients (defined as patients who had not previously made a claim for any medication from the class of drugs profiled in the letter) was analysed. The probability of prescribing a drug recommended in the Therapeutics Letter rather than another drug in the same class increased by 30% in the three months after the mailing of the letter relative to the preceding three months, adjusted for any before-after changes in the control group (relative risk 1.30; 95% confidence interval 1.13-1.52). No letter achieved statistical significance on its own. However, 11 of the 12 letters produced prescribing changes in the predicted direction such that the overall result was significant when their effect was combined. The researchers concluded that the combined effect of an ongoing series of printed letters distributed from a credible and trusted source can have a clinically significant effect on prescribing to newly treated patients.

Types of impact studies include:

• Testing reader knowledge on a topic before and after the publication of an article.  

• Reviewing prescriptions for a particular medicine or therapeutic group. This could be used  to  see whether  a  newly  recommended  dosing  regimen  has  been  adopted  by prescribers. 

• Simulated patient surveys, where an ‘actor’ consults a number of doctors and acts out a  set  scenario on  each occasion. The doctor’s  response  is  carefully  recorded by  the simulated patient(s). Each doctor is consulted by a simulated patient before and after publication  of  a  particular  article  and  the  pre‐  and  post‐publication  responses compared to see whether there has been a change in actual behaviour; however, there are potential practical and ethical problems with this kind of research. 

When designing an impact study consider:

• Potential  confounders  –  factors  unrelated  to  your  bulletin  that  can  also  cause  the same result. For example, an editorial published during the study period potentially distorted the outcome of the Dutch impact study.6 Choose issues where it is possible to eliminate some confounders and control the impact of others on the study results. 

• The length of the study. An impact study should be repeated after some time to see whether the behavioural change was sustained. 

• Use  of  controls. Controls  are  essential  to  enhance  the  detection  of  differences  and confounders.  In  the  British Columbian Ministry  of Health’s  study  to  ascertain  the influence of educational interventions and adverse media publicity on the prescribing rate  for  calcium‐channel  blockers,8  inadequate  controls  limited  the  ability  to  infer 

Page 139: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

 

  123

causation. A  large  control group will be needed  if you are  trying  to detect a  small behavioural  change. Ask  a  statistician  for  advice  on  the  size  of  control  and  study groups.  

 Large  robust  impact  studies  are unlikely  to  be  achievable  for  all  bulletins. More  targeted impact  studies  can, however, provide  valuable  information  about  a particular  aspect  of  a bulletin. For example, the independent evaluation of the impact of the readersʹ test of la revue Prescrire showed physicians who used the test were more knowledgeable than those who did not.9 

12.7 Feedback is achievable and invaluable

In  summary,  it  is  important  to  evaluate  your  drug  bulletin  regularly  to  ensure  that  the information  it contains  is of high quality and  is useful. Start by monitoring  the production process and conducting a readership survey. Both activities are achievable and will provide invaluable  data.  Always  plan  well.  Once  you  become  more  skilled  at  research,  seek opportunities  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  the  bulletin,  but  be  realistic  about what  can  be achieved.  

12.8 Simple observations can tell a lot

Changing  prescription,  dispensing  and  consumption  habits  is  extremely  difficult  and  it probably cannot be achieved by a bulletin alone. By simply paying attention to events such as  these  experienced  by  some  bulletins,  you  can  guess  that  your  own  bulletin  has  some impact:  • the complaints of companies about the “disastrous impact of the article on the launch” of 

their last new product;  

• the complaints of the regulatory agency who felt “obliged to take a decision” because you raised the point in a particular article;  

• the number of journalists asking for advice on a drug’s efficacy or side effects; 

• the increase in the number of paying subscribers, or of those who ask for permanent subscription renewal, etc. 

Page 140: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 124

12.9 References

1.  Prescriber Update survey results. Prescriber Update 1998;17:35. 

2.  Adapted from Fowler FJ. Improving survey questions. Design and evaluation. Applied Social Research Methods Series, Volume 38. London: Sage Publications; 1995. Chapter 4: Some general rules for designing good survey instruments, p.78‐103. 

3.  Adapted from Fowler FJ. Improving survey questions. Design and evaluation. Applied Social Research Methods Series, Volume 38. London: Sage Publications; 1995. Appendix A: Commonly used measurement dimensions, p.156‐165. 

4.  Fendler KJ, Gumbhir AK, Sall K. The impact of drug bulletins on physician prescribing habits in a health maintenance organization. Drug Intell Clin Pharm 1984;18: 627‐31.  

5.  Freemantle N, Harvey EL, Wolf F, Grimshaw JM, Grilli R, Bero LA. Printed educational materials to improve the behaviour of health care professionals and patient outcomes. The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 1997, Issue 2. Art. No.: CD000172. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD000172.  

6.  Denig P, Haaijer‐Ruskamp FM, Zijsling DH. Impact of the Dutch drug bulletin on drug choices and prescribing. Ann of Pharmacol 1990;24:87‐93. 

7.  Dormuth, C. R., M. Maclure, et al. (2004). Effect of periodic letters on evidence‐based drug therapy on prescribing behaviour: a randomized trial. CMAJ 171(9):1057‐61. 

8.  Maclure M, Dormuth C, Naumann T, et al. Influences of educational interventions and adverse news about calcium‐channel blockers on first‐line prescribing of antihypertensive drugs to elderly people in British Columbia. Lancet 1998;352:943‐8. 

9.  Broclain D, Mura P, Nivet‐Carre D, et al. Quasi‐experimental study on the effectiveness of the readers’ test in the medical journal la revue Prescrire. J Cont Ed in the Health Professions 1998;18:47‐57. 

Page 141: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

12. Evaluating quality and usefulness

 

  125

Example of an assessment survey  

   

Page 142: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 126

Page 143: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

13. Partnership and collaboration

 

  127

13. Partnership and collaboration

13.1 The importance of supportive partners

Many drug bulletins  face difficult circumstances, especially when  they are  first starting, or when  resources are  limited, as  in many developing countries.  It may be difficult  to obtain needed  information,  professional  advice,  financing  and  the  means  to  assure  the  drug bulletin’s  independence. Collaboration  and  supportive  partnerships  are  crucial  for  a  new drug bulletin, and can play a key role in the future success of the organization. Every drug bulletin, regardless of the level of its development and experience, can gain strength through the support of other similar publications. This was one of the main motives for creating an international network of drug bulletins, ISDB.   An unpredictable aspect of publishing a bulletin that cannot be ignored is the possibility of legal problems arising from the publication of critical articles and reviews. The existence of reliable  partners  at  national,  regional  or  international  levels  not  only  lends  support  to  a bulletin but also enables it to act more independently. Several drug bulletins, such as CITO in  Latvia  and  Geneesmiddelenbulletin  in  the Netherlands,  have  faced  situations where  the support  of  other  organizations  enabled  them  to  counter  opposition  successfully  and  to continue publishing their bulletin.   As  in personal relationships, a prerequisite  for successful partnerships and collaboration  is that  the  different  parties  know  each  other  well  enough  to  establish  a  relationship  that satisfies  the needs of  the weaker partner without making undue demands on  the partners who are providing support.  

13.2 Possibilities at national, regional and international levels

Cooperation is possible at national, regional and international levels. At a national level, it is important  to  build  good  relationships  with  the  national  authority  dealing  with  drug registration,  licensing  and  quality  control.  In many  countries  this  is  a  separate  agency  or department within  the Ministry of Health. These  institutions can serve as a great source of information and expertise on pharmaceuticals, particularly on new drugs.   Collaboration  with  universities  is  important  in  that  it  makes  use  of  existing  technical expertise  and  resources.  A  number  of  drug  bulletins  are  affiliated  to  universities.  This enables them to convey the ideas presented in their articles to a wider readership, including students of medicine, nursing and public health. Other groups of potential partners at  the national level include professional, medical and pharmacistsʹ associations and societies. They can provide valuable advice about therapeutic approaches and treatment. Collaboration with professional societies also helps to build a bulletin’s credibility among health professionals.   

Page 144: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 128

For drug bulletins mainly targeting health professionals, it is important to recognise partners among other groups concerned about health issues, like womenʹs, patients’ and consumers’ groups. This kind of partnership  is mutually beneficial because  these groups  can provide needed expertise on  the experiences of patients and  the  types of  treatment outcomes  they consider important. Very often they also need the expertise of a drug bulletin’s editorial team and  associated  health  professionals  for  organizing  advocacy  work  or  campaigns,  or developing information materials for the general public.  Partnership with  other  newsletters  and  journals  on medicine  or  health  issues,  especially other drug bulletins published in the same country or in the same language, can help in the choice of  the  topics  for articles and  in  initiating discussions about specific health  issues or therapeutic practices.   At a regional level, neighbouring countries may face similar cultural, political and economic conditions. Similarities can also be found in health issues and health policy, such as common causes of morbidity and mortality, similar approaches to treatment and the use of drugs, and regional  trends  to  harmonise  the  process  of  drug  registration. All  of  these  factors make collaboration among drug bulletins at  the  regional  level valuable and  important. Regional partnerships not only strengthen the professional capacity of bulletins, they can help increase the bulletin’s influence at a national level. It is also helpful to meet colleagues regularly and discuss  ways  of  solving  problems  and  improving  the  quality  of  publications.  Bulletins operating within smaller countries may want to rotate editorial responsibilities at a regional level.   The  organization  of  international meetings  involves  a  great  deal  of work  and  financing. Regional  seminars  and  workshops  serve  a  similar  purpose,  but  cost  less  and  are  more manageable.  Box  13.1  lists  some  of  the meetings  that  have  been  organized  by  ISDB  and individual bulletins over  the years. Those who  cannot attend  such meetings  can  still gain much from contact with colleagues via e‐mail.  International cooperation varies from partnership with other drug bulletins through ISDB, to collaboration with non‐governmental organizations and networks working on health‐related problems,  to  support  from  international  agencies  like  WHO,  other  UN  agencies  and governmental  development  agencies.  WHO’s  Essential  Drugs  and  Medicines  Policy Department  (renamed Medicines  Policy  and  Standards  in December  2004)  has  supported drug  bulletins  in  developing  and  developed  countries  for many  years,  encouraging  the establishment of new bulletins and strengthening existing ones.  

Page 145: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

13. Partnership and collaboration

 

  129

Box 13.1 Some past regional meetings for bulletins

• ISDB International seminar on strategies and efficacy of drug information - (Reggio Emilia, Italy). April 1988. Supported by Farmacie Comunali Riunite;

• ISDB Summer School (Reggio Emilia, Italy). June 1991. Organized by the Italian bulletins;

• Meeting on drug information (Madrid, Spain). October 1991. Organized by the Spanish Ministry of Health, WHO Regional Office for Europe and ISDB;

• ISDB Summer school (Algiers, Algeria). April 1992. Supported by the Algerian National Institute of Public Health, the German Development Aid Foundation, the Italian Aid Agency, Health Action International, Pharmaciens sans Frontières, Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin and la revue Prescrire;

• ISDB Summer School (Yokohama, Japan). July 1992. Organized by the Japanese bulletins, with support of the WHO Action Programme on Essential Drugs;

• Workshops of the ISDB General Assembly (Granada, Spain). September 1996. Supported by the Public Health School of Andalucia, WHO Action Programme on Essential Drugs, WHO Regional Office for Europe, Health Action International and individual bulletins;

• ISDB-European Medicines Agency (EMEA) Joint Workshop on EMEA information provision and policy and the needs of independent bulletins (London, UK). June 1998. Organized by ISDB and the EMEA and individual bulletins;

• ISDB Central and Eastern European Regional Meeting (Riga, Latvia). January 1998. Organized by Cito! and ISDB. Supported by ISDB and WHO Europe.

• ISDB European workshop on pharmacovigilance (Berlin, Germany). November 2003. Organized by ISDB and the German bulletins. Supported by WHO.

• ISDB South-East Asia Regional Meeting (Kathmandu, Nepal). February 2004. Organized by Drug Bulletin Nepal and ISDB. Supported by ISDB and WHO, including the WHO Regional Office for South-East Asia.

13.3 Various forms of collaboration

13.3.1 Twinning arrangements

A  twinning  arrangement  is  a  one‐to‐one  relationship  of  support  between  an  established bulletin  and  a  small  or  newly  formed  bulletin.  Some drug  bulletins  in Western  countries have more than 30 years of experience. Their knowledge of work organization, the editorial process, dissemination of the drug bulletin, financing and fundraising are valuable resources. Even if it is necessary or more appropriate to do things differently in your country, you are likely  to  gain  a  lot  from  this  wealth  of  experience.  Developing  twinning  arrangements between one of the experienced  journals and a new or small drug bulletin can benefit both partners.  It can also  stimulate an established bulletin  to  learn about pharmaceutical  issues new to them or to view their own national situation in a new light.  Some twinning arrangements are particularly successful  between bulletins sharing the same language or  close  languages  (e.g.  la revue Prescrire, France and La Lettre du Cedim, Burkina Faso;  la revue Prescrire, and Dialogo sui Farmaci,  Italy). Other examples have been successful despite linguistic differences.  

Page 146: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 130

Such  twinning  arrangements  can  be  organized  directly  or  through  ISDB.  A  systematic approach to this type of support helps to ensure that the arrangement benefits both partners. One  type  of  twinning  programme  is  on‐the‐job  training  for  new  editors.  The  steps  for developing such an arrangement would be to:   • identify needs;  • identify who can provide the needed support;  • establish contact with the organizations or institution;  • reach either a formal or informal agreement about collaboration;  • review and revise the agreement periodically. 

13.3.2 Sharing information and resources

One  of  the  biggest  problems  that  new  and  small  bulletins  face  is  obtaining  necessary information and reference materials, which are often  too expensive  for  them  to afford.  If a bulletin can share resources and references with other drug bulletins or organizations,  this can alleviate many of their difficulties in becoming established.   Lack of professional capacity and the scarcity of necessary materials invariably do not allow new bulletins to prepare all the in‐depth review articles or original articles that they would like  to produce.  It helps  them  if  they can use materials published by other drug bulletins, having first reached an agreement about this. (See Chapter 7 for more on sharing resources, and Chapter 11 on copyright.)   Exchange  of  documents  that  are  difficult  to  obtain  (for  example,  in  the  field  of pharmacovigilance)  among  drug  bulletins  is  always  useful.  Small  and  new  or  more experienced bulletins all face the same problems of lack of transparency, and difficult access to some data.  

13.3.3 Using established bulletins’ expertise

There may also be situations where a new or small drug bulletin can develop its own articles, but where additional advice or the professional support of experts is needed. For example, it is useful to send drafts of articles for review to other bulletins that have recently produced articles  on  the  same  or  a  similar  topic.  An  established  bulletin may  have  contacts with medical  experts  in  a  specialised  field  you wish  to write  about.  This  kind  of  professional advice is most valuable. Some bulletins have great experience in retrieving and interpreting data  from  their  regulatory  agency  and  can  help  others  to  find  evidence.  In  particular, members of staff  from Public Citizen, USA, have shown other bulletin editors how  to  find information on the U.S. Food and Drug Administration web site.  Sometimes  legal advice may be needed, especially  if you expect a negative reaction from a critical article that may affect a company’s sales. You may find it helpful to obtain an opinion from  a  legal  expert  associated  with  another  bulletin  even  if  the  legal  situation  in  your country differs somewhat.  

Page 147: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

13. Partnership and collaboration

 

  131

13.3.4 Training sessions and workshops

In addition to motivation and commitment, the team starting a new bulletin needs practical training  in  the  editorial  process,  production,  distribution  and  all  aspects  of  developing  a bulletin. Training can be organized in several ways:   • A specialised training session may be organized by a more experienced drug bulletins for 

colleagues from a new bulletin.  

• Training may be organized and supported by an international organization to promote independent drug information and to improve the quality of the drug bulletins. 

• International and regional workshops and seminars organized to build partnership and improve cooperation can include practical training sessions and contribute to the professional development of drug bulletins. 

13.3.5 Ongoing information exchange between bulletins

The process of  information exchange  is valuable  in  itself.  It allows bulletin editors  to  learn about new developments,  issues  and  concerns  of  colleagues working  in  the  same  field  in other  countries.  Informal  exchanges  are  very  frequent,  particularly  concerning pharmacovigilance  data,  and  on  new  drugs which  are  launched  at  nearly  the  same  time throughout the world. The ISDB Newsletter also provides a forum for information exchange between  bulletins.  Electronic  media  are  also  useful,  for  example  the  English  e‐mail discussion  list  ‘E‐drug’  [http://www.essentialdrugs.org/]  (there  are  also  essential  drugs networks  in  French,  Spanish,  Russian  and  for  India  via  the  same  web  site),  Healthnet [http://www.healthnet.org/] and INDICES [http://www.essentialdrugs.org/indices] and  the network  of  editors  of  ISDB  member  bulletins  (to  find  out  about  this,  visit http://www.isdbweb.org).  

13.3.6 Collaborative research among bulletins

Bulletins can collaborate for research. Box 13.2 contains examples of such collaborative work.  

Box 13.2 Results of collaborative research among drug bulletins

• “Judging the therapeutic value of drugs: a comparison between la revue Prescrire and Information fran Lakemedelsverket, the bulletin of the Swedish Medical Products Agency” International Journal of Risk & Safety in Medicine 2004;16:83-90.

• “Prescribing information in 26 countries: a comparative study” Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2003; 59: 263-270. Collaborative study by WHO, Institut Català de Farmacologia, Istituto Mario Negri and ISDB.

• “An ISDB survey (23 bulletins) to assess the degree of transparency of drug regulatory agencies” International Journal of Risk & Safety in Medicine 1996;9:151-155.

• “An international survey of quality control procedures in independent drug bulletins” Poster 1996.

• “How informed general practitioners manage mild hypertension: a survey of readers of drug bulletins in 7 countries” Eur J Clin Pharmacol 1996;49:445-450.

• ISDB survey on “Which books are essential for bulletins?” by 15 bulletins, five of them in developing countries ISDB Newsletter July 1995.

Page 148: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 132

13.3.7 Information and support for funding applications

The support of partner organizations and other drug bulletins  is most helpful when a new drug bulletin or even an existing one is seeking funds to cover its operations. It may help to have  a  letter  of  support  from  well‐established  drug  bulletins  and/or  other  partner organizations, or to be able to list them as members of an advisory board when applying for funding from government or international agencies. Partner organizations may also be able to provide you with personal  contacts  and with  information on what has helped  them  to obtain funding in the past.  

13.4 Identifying partners and networks

A remarkable number of organizations and individuals are actively working on health issues. To  identify a potential partner,  it  is  important to understand  its objectives and to recognise the  driving  forces  of  the  organization.  Unfortunately,  many  patients’  organizations  and associations  of  health  professionals  are  sponsored  by  pharmaceutical  companies  and  are therefore  to  an  uncomfortable  extent  tied  to  the  industry’s  goals.  This  is  liable  to  cause conflicts of interest and can create pressure on the bulletin to tone down its conclusions and avoid publishing critical articles;  fears about how sponsors might react can make potential partners hesitate to help a drug bulletin.   When  seeking  partners,  it  is worth  asking  the  advice  of  organizations  that  have  already proved  their  commitment  to  the  promotion  of  rational  drug  use.  Box  13.3  lists  some international  organizations  that  promote  the  rational  use  of  drugs.  Box  13.4  is  a  list  of questions you may want to ask potential partners and networks.   

Box 13.3 Some organizations promoting the rational use of drugs

• International Society of Drug Bulletins (ISDB) [http://www.isdbweb.org]

• Healthy Skepticism [http://www.healthyskepticism.org/]

• Health Action International (HAI) [http://www.haiweb.org/]

• The International Network for Rational Use of Drugs (INRUD) [www.inrud.org/]

• E-Drug: [http://www.essentialdrugs.org/]

• Cochrane Collaboration [http://www.cochrane.org/index0.htm]

• Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN) [http://www.sign.ac.uk/]

• WHO:Department of Medicines Policy and Standards Policy, WHO Geneva [http://www.who.int/medicines/]

• No free lunch [http://www.nofreelunch.org/]

Page 149: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

13. Partnership and collaboration

 

  133

Box 13.4 Questions to ask of potential partners and networks

• Who are the founders and/or members of the organization?

• What are its main objectives?

• If this is a network, who are the partner organizations?

• Who does the network represent?

• From what sources does the organization get funding?

• What have been the organization’s recent activities? Does it have some recent examples of its work, such as publications or other written materials?

13.5 Clearly define conditions for partnership

Partnership means cooperation and support, and does not  imply a donor‐recipient kind of relationship  between  the  drug  bulletin  and  other  organizations.  Every  newly  established drug  bulletin has  to plan  its  further development  to  ensure  self‐sufficiency,  sustainability and independence. Without this, unnecessary dependence on partners may develop, leading to strain between partner organizations and a crisis if partners eventually withdraw support. These are a few questions to answer before establishing a partnership:   • Who is the partner providing assistance?  • Does the new bulletin have a plan for further development, identifying the needs for 

assistance from other partners? • What kind of support is required in the initial phase of work? • For how long is this assistance required? • What are the possibilities for mutual support? • Is there a plan for cooperation with other partners? • Should this partnership be formalised?  It  is helpful to discuss these questions together and develop a clear understanding that the partnership  cannot  be  perceived  as  a  donor‐recipient  relationship.  This  not  only  helps  to avoid  future  problems,  it  provides  a  solid  base  of  understanding  between  partner organizations.  As  a  new  bulletin  develops,  ideally  the  initial  working  relationships  it established for support will grow into an ongoing mutually beneficial collaboration. 

Page 150: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 134

 

Case study: Geneesmiddelenbulletin, The Netherlands The monthly Dutch bulletin Geneesmiddelenbulletin (Gebu in short) was first published in 1967 under the auspices of the Directorate of Public Health at the former Ministry of Social Affairs and Public Health, and distributed free of charge to doctors and pharmacists. In 1988 Gebu was threatened with closure because of cost-cutting proposals by the Government. Combined action by many of those involved with the bulletin prevented its closure and in 1990 the bulletin was privatised with the formation of the independent Geneesmiddelenbulletin Foundation. This foundation, which consisted of a board of governors, an editorial board and an advisory council, received an annual grant from the Department of Health that covered all expenses. The mission statement of the foundation defined the independent position of the bulletin: members of the editorial and advisory board were obliged to declare relationships with pharmaceutical companies, and advertising by such companies in the bulletin was not allowed. However, in the autumn of 2003 the Minister of Health proposed to withdraw all financial support to the bulletin, but thanks to the supportive actions of the readers and colleagues from ISDB this ministerial decision was cancelled. Other problems were that the editing office was a very small organization (1.7 full-time-equivalent editors and 2.4 full-time equivalent administrative support) doing highly specialised work. The expertise of the editors was difficult to replace and in times of illness or other times when the editors' work was impaired the continuity and quality of the bulletin was seriously endangered. Furthermore, such a small organization meant limited prospects for career development. Strategy for change Considering these problems, the foundation board decided to approach possible future partners for cooperation, and as a first step formulated some conditions for such an alliance. 1. A possible partner should not pose a threat to the editorial independence of the bulletin. 2. Such a partner should have expertise to match that of the editors, in order to better

guarantee the continuity and the quality of the bulletin. 3. The organization of the partner should be solid and financially sound. 4. The future partner should be acceptable to both pharmacists and doctors. On the basis of these conditions a small number of possible future partners was consulted. The results of these contacts were discussed with members of the editorial and advisory boards. During this process board members of the foundation kept in contact with representatives of the Department of Health as its consent was necessary to guarantee continuation of the annual financial support to the bulletin. After some consideration the College of Health Insurances was chosen as the future partner. This organization initiates activities that focus on quality of care by reporting on medical technology and pharmacotherapy. Among other products, it produces the Farmacotherapeutical Compass, a kind of national formulary. This last activity in particular provides an opportunity for cooperation and exchange of expertise. Result Since January 2005, the bulletin has been published by the College of Health Insurances (the foundation Geneesmiddelenbulletin having been liquidated), with the editorial office housed in the building of the College in Diemen. The members of the editorial office have a working contract with this College. Both parties have signed a declaration of editorial independence for the bulletin; the editorial board and advisory board will continue to function as they did within the former organization, with the title of ‘external experts’. Contributed by Jan Schuling, former Chair of the Advisory Council, Geneesmiddelenbulletin. [http://www.geneesmiddelenbulletin.nl/].

 

  

Page 151: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

14. Keeping records and creating a memory

 

  135

14. Keeping records and creating a memory

14.1 Why keep records?

It is crucial for bulletins to keep usable records of important aspects of their activities. Good records are necessary to keep track of what has been done, so that the future activities of the bulletin can be pursued on  the basis of  full and accurate knowledge of what has occurred and what has been decided  in  the past. A bulletin  that does not preserve  its archives will meet  problems  in  the  future  if  questions  are  raised  about  the  bulletinʹs  standpoints  and opinions on different questions. Good management of records and archives  is necessary  to ensure that information can be readily retrieved when needed.   Information accumulated in archives can be reused for a variety of purposes by the bulletin, e.g. auditing aspects of bulletin work  (see Chapter 12), or perhaps used  for benchmarking between drug bulletins within ISDB.   Keeping a record of certain areas of bulletin work, such as article development,  is obvious and  essential  and  is  easy  to  integrate  into  the  routine work  of  the  bulletin. Not  quite  so obvious to do, but arguably  just as  important,  is to keep an account of  important events  in the  development  of  the  bulletin. Keeping  a  record  of  these more  occasional  and  perhaps complex events is more difficult to build in to everyday work. 

14.2 What to keep and record?

Records relating to published information

Back  copies  of  published  issues. A  complete  set  of  the  bulletinʹs  past  issues  should  be available in the editorial office. The issues should be stored in chronological order and easily accessible to members of the editorial team. It  is often necessary to check what was said  in the bulletin about a particular subject. The copies will be useful when deciding what topics to write about in future issues: it is helpful to look back over the years to see which articles need  to be updated. Past  issues can also help solve style problems when  there  is no house style  rule, e.g.  for an unusual  table or graph. The problem may have been dealt with  in a previous issue.   Documents  relating  to  published  articles.  Records  need  to  be  kept  about  the  articles produced by the bulletin, so that the development of an article can be traced from the start if necessary, e.g. if an error is discovered, or the article is challenged in some way. Including all the relevant documents makes  it easy  to understand how a subject originally came up and what  evidence was  available  at  that  time,  or  enable  the  retracing  of  steps  in  the  event  of being challenged, or the discovery of where an error was introduced.   The archive must be organized in a way that makes retrieving information easy. It is usual to arrange archives in chronological order, the oldest at the bottom, and the most recent at the 

Page 152: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 136

top, so  that when one  looks at a record,  the most recent  item appears first. Care should be taken  not  to  have  different  archiving  orders  as  this may  undermine  the  structure  of  the record. The same order should be used for all the articles.  You  should  decide  upon  an  order  for  sub‐sections  within  an  archive  (alphabetical, chronological,  thematic, geographical), moving from  the general  to  the particular. This will make it more searchable and easy to retrieve information.  For  a bulletin  that publishes many  articles per  issue,  and has  existed  for many years,  the volume of documents used  in  the preparation of articles  is so  large  that  they cannot all be kept indefinitely. For example, for la revue Prescrire, the complete documentation for articles is kept for three months after publication (the average time for companies and their opinion leaders to complain about an article). After this, only the references quoted in the article are kept  (they  remain  available  for  readers,  on  request,  at  any  time)  and  the  rare documents which cannot be easily obtained again (e.g. unpublished material not available on any web site, clinical reports from companies).  Consider  whether  it  would  be  worth  keeping  a  microfiche  or  digital  copy  of  paper documents – modern paper is acid and can destroy itself. Modern inks made from synthetic substances offer no guarantee of permanent stability. See Box 14.1 for some practical steps.   

Box 14.1 Archiving article documents

• Do not use rubber bands (they dry out and break), pins or paper clips (they rust and may damage the document).

• Use folders or document bags, not binders or hanging folders.

• Use standardised boxes if possible.

• Write a label on each box. Give each box a reference number so that the files can be identified and easily found.

• Use folders and sub-folders to separate the final issue of a bulletin from the records of its development (drafts of articles, correspondence, reviewers' comments).

• Remove all duplicates and blanks.

• Decide what to keep, e.g. only cited references, or all references, including uncited background papers?

• Ensure that no important element is missing, and print out important e-mail messages.

• Check that each document is identifiable, that is to say that the three questions who? when? and where? can be answered.

• Date photographs and label press cuttings to show where they are from.

• Identify the author of manuscript notes, reports, etc.

• Check the order of the records.

• Check the title and contents.

• Complete the file title with the date on which it was closed.

• Make a list of your contents in each box, and keep the lists carefully up to date so that they are accessible for research.

 

Page 153: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

14. Keeping records and creating a memory

 

  137

A record system is only effective if it is directly relevant to the bulletin’s needs. Disposing of records which are not needed is as important as creating them properly in the first place. To begin  with,  destroy  only  papers  that  are  of  no  use:  duplicates,  rough  notes  and  the manuscripts of published documents (unless they differ markedly from the final version).   

Case study: Farmaka i fokus, Sweden

Farmaka i focus published an article about donepezil, and received a letter from the pharmaceutical company Pfizer: they did not consider the article well balanced. Thanks to its record-keeping systems the editorial board of the bulletin could easily retrace how the article had developed before publication and quickly respond to the company with robust reasons explaining how the conclusion of the article had been reached. This would have taken much more work if the records had not been kept, since the published article is often based on a much longer and more extensive draft. Contributed by Malena Jirlow, Farmaka i focus, Sweden [http://www.janusinfo.org].

 

14.3 Creating an organizational memory

A  young  bulletin,  like  other  new  and  young  organizations,  is  preoccupied  with  many immediate tasks and problems, and the future seems far away and unreal. Many issues and problems recur, and as people leave the bulletin, the history and experience can be lost with them. New people  joining  a  bulletin  can  benefit  from  knowing  about  and  understanding earlier experiences  in  the development of  the bulletin,  including what changes were made and  what  effects  these  had  as  far  as  one  could  tell.  It  might  be  possible  to  share  this information with new bulletins, perhaps in future editions of this manual.  Examples of the kind of events that are valuable to record include:  • Why various editorial procedures were introduced or modified, what went well, what 

had to be reconsidered.   

• How relationships with other organizations developed, to what extent they met expectations/hopes. On the financial and legal sides, what difficulties occurred and how they were dealt with. 

• Discovery and correction of staffing imbalances, the recognition of new needs and how they were satisfied, training of staff. 

• Funding and pricing aspects. 

• Relationships with readers, official bodies, industry, the media, patientsʹ organizations and advocates.  

 For all of  these a brief written contemporary  log  is  likely  to be of value.  Ideally  this could enable  someone  to write  a  biography  of  the  bulletin  after,  say,  20,  30,  or  50  years.  The following  case  study  shows  the  range  of  significant  events  that  can  occur  in  the  life  of  a bulletin.   Recording  this  type of  information  is not quite so easy.  It  relies on people  involved  in  the changes  remembering  to write down an account of what happened.  It  is probably best  for one  person  in  the  team  to  be  responsible  for  keeping  the  records,  and  reminding  and 

Page 154: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 138

encouraging others to contribute. Having a regular time for reflection, e.g. every six months or year, might be effective. It will be necessary to make all of the team aware of the archive so that people add to it and make use of it.   

Case study: Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin, UK

The UK’s Drug and Therapeutics Bulletin (DTB) was one of the first drug bulletins in the world, having been started in the early 1960s. So its long history has seen many notable changes that could be described in an historical account. • How DTB started: at the beginning it included articles from the US Medical Letter,

modifying them, and then gradually using them less; it would be interesting to know reasons for that and how the separation happened.

• Evolution of the editorial system: from using external editors to employing permanent in-house editorial staff.

• Relationships with pharmaceutical companies, including a 1964 libel action brought by a maker of eardrops, and various later disputes and threats that faded.

• The relationship with Prescribers' Journal, another UK bulletin which was published by the Department of Health; it seemed to be in competition, but actually was not, because the publications differed in style and method of production.

• How the Department of Health began to buy bulk subscriptions for trainee general practitioners and medical students, and how that was extended over the years to all doctors in the National Health Service, and what that meant financially and legally. This led to the change from fortnightly to monthly publication, because that saved a lot in postage costs.

• ‘Translating’ articles for publication to lay readers: the development of Treatment Notes.

Contributed by Andrea Tarr, DTB, UK. [http://www.dtb.org.uk].

  Keeping a record of things that help to demonstrate the impact of the bulletin is also valuable. As discussed in Chapter 12, formally measuring the impact of a bulletin’s messages (e.g. in terms of effects on prescribing) is difficult. But collecting evidence that gives an indication of the influence of the bulletin can be done and could be invaluable when required to show the bulletin’s funders, be they individual subscribers or organizations, the value of the bulletin. Specific items to collect include noting when other publications have cited the bulletin, press cuttings, a list of radio and television programmes in which the bulletin has participated (not always  as  easy  to  retrieve  as  press  cuttings),  photographs  and  correspondence.  More complex events might need to be described in a written account.  

14.4 How to start an archive

When starting your bulletin and its archive you should take the following steps:  • gain support for keeping an archive and the methods for creating it from the bulletinʹs 

management, editorial board and advisory board; 

• prepare a list of the documents and files which are of value to save in an archive. Include in this list the different media in which these documents are preserved (paper, analogue, digital), and set up procedures for their intellectual and physical management; 

Page 155: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

14. Keeping records and creating a memory

 

  139

• raise awareness and provide information for authors, editors and reviewers to encourage them to appreciate the archive;  

• encourage them to use the archive in their work. 

14.5 Further reading

1. The Dirks methodology: a users guide. Part 1. September 2001 (rev. July 2003). National Archives of Australia. Available at: http://www.naa.gov.au/recordkeeping/dirks/dirksman/part1.html#bg1 

2. The records of NGOs, memory to be shared, A practical guide in 60 questions. International Council on Archives. Available at: http://www.ica.org/biblio.php?pdocid=171 

3. Information and documentation ‐ Records management ‐ Part 1: General. ISO 15489‐1:2001. International Organization for Standardization. 

Page 156: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 140

  

Page 157: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Appendix: Electronic sources of information

 

  141

Appendix: Electronic sources of information

For general access to evidence

The TRIP database

http://www.tripdatabase.com/ Turning Research  Into  Practice.  Provides  rapid  access  to  a wide  range  of  reliable, clinically relevant and robust sources of evidence about medicines  from around  the world. Access by subscription, but non‐subscribers to the TRIP database are allowed five free searches. Free to low‐income countries. 

 Database of Essential Information on Therapeutics (in Spanish)

http://www.sietes.org  (http://www.icf.uab.es)  HINARI

The Health  InterNetwork Access  to Research  Initiative  (HINARI)  provides  free  or very  low  cost  online  access  to  the major  journals  in  biomedical  and  related  social sciences to local, non‐profit institutions in developing countries. http://www.healthinternetwork.org/ 

Journal articles

Medline (PubMed)

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?db=PubMed MEDLINE  is  the  National  Library  of  Medicinesʹ  (NLMʹs)  premier  bibliographic database covering the fields of medicine, nursing, dentistry, veterinary medicine, the health  care  system,  and  the  preclinical  sciences. MEDLINE  contains  bibliographic citations and author abstracts from more than 4,800 biomedical journals published in the  USA  and  70  other  countries.  The  database  contains  over  12 million  citations dating  back  to  the mid  1960s. Coverage  is worldwide,  but most  records  are  from English‐language sources or have English abstracts. 

 Free medical journals

www.freemedicaljournals.com/ A site dedicated to the promotion of free access to medical journals over the Internet. 

 

Page 158: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 142

Systematic reviews

The Cochrane Library

Database of systematic reviews.  http://www.cochrane.org  Access  to The Cochrane Library  is  free  to all  in England, Wales,  Ireland, Australia, Norway,  Sweden,  Finland  and  South  Africa.  Details  of  how  to  gain  access  can  be  found  on  the  following  web  site: http://www3.interscience.wiley.com/cgibin/mrwhome/106568753/DoYouAlreadyHaveAccess.html.  The publishers of the The Cochrane Library are piloting a scheme whereby editors of selected publications,  including  ISDB member bulletins, can receive complementary access to The Cochrane Library. Contact Alexa Dugan at [email protected] giving your name, publication details, e‐mail address and full postal address. 

 Clinical Evidence

Describes the best available evidence from systematic reviews, randomised controlled trials and observational studies where appropriate, and if there is no good evidence it says so. http://www.clinicalevidence.com/ceweb/conditions/index.jsp 

National disease prevention and control, health promotion etc.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), USA

http://www.cdc.gov/  Health Protection Agency, UK

http://www.hpa.org.uk/infections/default.htm   

Health technology assessment

Health  technology  assessment  (HTA)  is  the  process  of  systematically  reviewing  existing evidence  and  providing  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness,  cost‐effectiveness  and  impact, both on patient health and on the health care system, of medical technology and its use.  INAHTA - The International Network of Agencies for Health Technology Assessment

Links to 39 HTA agencies in 21 countries http://www.inahta.org/inahta_web/index.asp 

 

Page 159: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Appendix: Electronic sources of information

 

  143

Clinical guidelines

Guidelines International Network

An international not‐for‐profit association of organizations and individuals involved in clinical practice guidelines.  http://www.g‐i‐n.net  

 UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) UK

http://www.nice.org.uk/page.aspx?o=20   Scottish Intercollegiate Guidelines Network (SIGN)

http://www.sign.ac.uk/   New Zealand Guidelines Group

http://www.nzgg.org.nz/index.cfm?screensize=1024&ScreenResSet=yes  Prodigy

http://www.prodigy.nhs.uk/ClinicalGuidance/ReleasedGuidance/GuidanceList.asp 

Formularies/Essential medicines

British National Formulary

http://www.bnf.org  WHO Medicines Library

http://Mednet3.who.int/EMLib  Répertoire Commenté des Médicaments

http://www.cbip.be  WHO Model Formulary

Available in Arabic, English, Russian and Spanish  http://www.mednet3.who.int/EMLib/wmf.aspx  Available on CD‐ROM 

 WHO Model List of Essential Medicines

http://www.who.int/medicines/organization/par/edl/expertcomm.shtml  

WHO Medicines Bookshelf 2004

CD‐ROM of publications related to essential medicines 

Page 160: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 144

Regulatory authorities

European Medicines Agency (EMEA)

http://www.emea.eu.int/home.htm   European portal of all European national agencies

http://www.heads.medagencies.org  U.S. Food and Drug Administration

http://www.fda.gov/  Japanese Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Agency (PMDA)  

http://www.info.pmda.go.jp/shinyaku/shinyaku_index.html  

Adverse effects

Australian Adverse Drug Reactions Bulletin The Australian Adverse Drug Reactions Bulletin is produced six times a year by the Adverse  Drug  Reactions  Advisory  Committee  (ADRAC),  a  subcommittee  of  the Australian  Drug  Evaluation  Committee  which  advises  the  Therapeutic  Goods Administration on the safety of medicines. http://www.tga.gov.au/adr/aadrb.htm 

 Current problems

Articles and alerts from the UK medicines regulatory agency. http://www.medicines.mhra.gov.uk/ourwork/monitorsafequalmed/currentproblems/currentproblems.htmCSM 

 Canadian Adverse Drug Reaction Newsletter

From Health Canada.  http://www.hc‐sc.gc.ca/hpfb‐dgpsa/tpd‐dpt/adrindex_e.html  

U.S. Food and Drug Administration Medwatch Safety Information and Adverse Event Reporting Program

Medwatch  provides  safety  information  on  the  drugs  and  other medical  products regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.  http://www.fda.gov/medwatch/  

 Institute for Safe Medication Practices, USA

The  Institute  for Safe Medication Practices  (ISMP)  is a non‐profit organization  that works  closely  with  healthcare  practitioners  and  institutions,  regulatory  agencies, professional  organizations  and  the  pharmaceutical  industry  to  provide  education about adverse drug events and their prevention. http://www.ismp.org/ 

 

Page 161: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Appendix: Electronic sources of information

 

  145

WHO publications on pharmacovigilance

The Importance of Pharmacovigilance: safety monitoring of medicinal products, 2002, World Health Organization. http://www.who.int/medicines/library/qsm/ip_booklet.pdf 

  

Safety of Medicines: a guide to detecting and reporting adverse drug reactions

http://www.who.int/medicines/library/qsm/who‐edm‐qsm‐2002‐2/esd_safety.pdf  

Safety Monitoring of Medicinal Products: guidelines for setting up and running a pharmacovigilance centre.

http://www.who‐umc.org/pdfs/guidelines.pdf  

WHO Collaborating Centre for International Drug Monitoring. Uppsala, Sweden

http://www.who‐umc.org/index2.html 

Information about/for patients

DIPEx

Database of Personal Experiences of Health and Illness The  growing  number  of modules  on  this  site  (now  20)  aim  to  describe  the  fullest possible  range of people’s  experiences with  the particular disease or problem.  It  is based on video or audio interviews with people throughout the UK. http://www.dipex.org/  

HealthInsite, Australia

HealthInsite  is  an Australian Government  initiative,  funded  by  the Department  of Health and Ageing.  It aims  to  improve  the health of Australians by providing easy access to quality information about human health.  http://www.healthinsite.gov.au/index.cfm 

Drug promotion

No free lunch

A  source of  information,  inspiration, and assistance  for  those who are  trying  to  rid their  practices,  institutions  and  colleagues  of  promotional  influence.  It  provide  a forum  for  the  exchange of  ideas as well a way  to  connect and work  together with others who  are  concerned  about  this  issue.  They  can  provide  assistance  to  those interested in speaking on the topic, and speakers to those less interested in speaking. http://www.nofreelunch.org/  

No grazie, pago io

http://www.nograziepagoio.it/  

Page 162: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 146

Healthy Skepticism

Previously  The  Medical  Lobby  for  Appropriate  Marketing  (MaLAM).  An international non‐profit organization  for health professionals and everyone with an interest  in  improving  health.  Its main  aim  is  to  improve  health  by  reducing  harm from misleading drug promotion. Includes Adwatch – evaluations of advertising. http://www.healthyskepticism.org/index.htm  

Drug Promotion Database

Development of  this database was  coordinated by Health Action  International and WHO  under  the  technical  responsibility  of  Joel  Lexchin.  There  are  currently  2178 entries on drug promotion.  http://www.drugpromo.info/ 

 

Hitting the Headlines Archive

Summarises media coverage of health topics, with indication of source of the stories. A handy web site during media frenzies. http://www.nelh.nhs.uk/hth/archive.asp 

Networks and directories

E-drug

An e‐mail discussion  forum on essential drugs, national drug policies and standard treatment guidelines.  It  is  also  a good  source of  information on  future  conferences and  courses,  new  publications,  recent  articles,  and  broader  political  (e.g.  trade, patents,  pricing)  aspects  of  medicines  access.  More  information: www.healthnet.org/programs/edrug.html.  In Spanish: Acerca de E‐FARMACOS http://www.essentialdrugs.org/efarmacos/about.php  

INASP-Health Directory

International Network for the Availability of Scientific Publications A  directory  of  international  organizations  and  programmes  working  to  improve access  to  reliable  information  for health professionals. Links  to providers of  free or low‐cost information.  http://www.inasp.info/pubs/healthdir/  

HIF-net

This  is  a  joint  venture  between WHO  and  the  Health  Information  Forum  (HIF), providing a neutral  focal point  for  finding out about useful  sources of  information and also for discussion of  issues relating  to access and use of  information by health professionals in developing countries. The email list brings together the full range of stakeholders  involved  in  the  creation, provision and use of healthcare  information, from over 130 countries worldwide.  http://www.inasp.info/health/hif‐net.html  

Page 163: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Appendix: Electronic sources of information

 

  147

INDICES

An electronic discussion group  for English‐speaking colleagues working  in  the area of non‐essential drug information and drug information centres. It provides a forum for  discussion  of  issues  around  the  organization  of  drug  information  centres including  set‐up,  funding, management,  quality  and  training.  It  also  supports  the promotion of objective drug  information, answers  technical questions on drugs  that cannot  be  solved  by  standard  textbooks,  and  responds  to  queries  on non‐essential drugs.  http://www.essentialdrugs.org/indices/about.php 

 

INASP Health Links

The  Internet  Gateway  to  selected  web  sites  for  health  professionals,  medical  librarians,  and  publishers  in  developing  and  transitional  countries. http://www.inasp.info/health/links/contents.html  Includes section on pharmacology and prescribing: http://www.inasp.info/health/links/drugs.html 

ISDB member bulletins

For links to the web sites of member bulletins (arranged by country), visit the ISDB web site http://www.isdbweb.org  

Page 164: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Starting or strengthening a drug bulletin A practical manual  

 148

 

Page 165: Starting or Strengthening a Drug Bulletindrug bulletin, and this manual aims to show global experiences in starting or strengthening such a bulletin. To achieve this goal the World

Appendix: Electronic sources of information

 

  149

Feedback and evaluation form

Have you read the manual?    Which chapters are most useful? In what way?    Which chapters were the least useful? In what way?   Is the layout/language/format clear?  Is there anything in the manual that you disagree with, or that should be  improved?   How have you used the manual in your every day practice?     Please describe how the manual has helped you in practice.     Do you have any new examples or new key lessons that could be included in the manual?      Name: Contact details: Address: Telephone number: Fax number: E‐mail address:  Please visit the ISDB web site: http://www.isdbweb.org for details of where to send feedback.